ML082660725: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 3: Line 3:
| issue date = 08/22/2008
| issue date = 08/22/2008
| title = University of Missouri Request for Extending Use of Expiring Transportation Packages
| title = University of Missouri Request for Extending Use of Expiring Transportation Packages
| author name = Butler R A
| author name = Butler R
| author affiliation = Univ of Missouri - Columbia
| author affiliation = Univ of Missouri - Columbia
| addressee name = Brach E W
| addressee name = Brach E
| addressee affiliation = NRC/NMSS/SFST
| addressee affiliation = NRC/NMSS/SFST
| docket = 05000186
| docket = 05000186
Line 14: Line 14:
| page count = 87
| page count = 87
}}
}}
See also: [[followed by::RIS 2008-18]]


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Research Reactor Center University  
{{#Wiki_filter:Research Reactor Center University of Missouri 1513 Research Park Drive Columbia, MO 65211 PHONE 573-882-4211 FAX 573-882-6360 WEB http://web.missouri.edu/-murrwww 22 August 2008 E. William Brach Director, Division of Spent Fuel Storage and Transportation Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, D.C., 20555-001  
of Missouri 1513 Research Park Drive Columbia, MO 65211 PHONE 573-882-4211
 
FAX 573-882-6360
==Subject:==
WEB http://web.missouri.edu/-murrwww
Request for Extending Use of Expiring Transportation Packages
22 August 2008 E. William Brach Director, Division of Spent Fuel Storage and Transportation
 
Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards
==Dear Director Brach,==
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory  
This letter. serves as a request from the University of Missouri Research Reactor (MURR) to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) that NRC grant MURR permission to continue using packaging for the shipment of Type B quantities of radioactive materials beyond October 1, 2008, when authorization to use those packages is set to expire.Specifically, MURR requests permission for continued, but limited, use until October 1, 2010 of the existing Type B packages currently in service. These packages were built and are maintainedto U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) specifications 20WC and 6M conforming in all aspects to the requirements of 49 CFR Subchapter C, in effect on October 1, 2003.. On or before October 1, 2010 it is expected that a fleet of radioactive materials packages compliant with 10 CFR 71 will be in service at MURR.Per NRC Regulatory Issue Summary 2008-18 "Information on Requests for extending use of Expiring Transportation Packages," the following information is provided.
Commission
Please note that this same request for extended use of the packages has been submitted under separate cover to DOT, in accordance with 49 CFR 107.105.1. Package Information Please refer to Table I below for a comprehensive listing of the DOT specification package fleet currently operated by MURR, along with their serial numbers, model, and year of manufacture.
Washington, D.C., 20555-001 Subject: Request for Extending  
MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 1 of 14 22 August 2008 Ao,ý- (D FIGHTING CANCER wrrIH ToMoRxow's TECHNOLOGY Table 1 DOT Specification Packaging Operated By MURR Serial Year of Number Model Manufacture 4016 20WC-1 1996 4018 20WC-1 1996 4021 20WC-1 1996 4023 20WC-1 1996 4001 20WC-1 2000 4002 20WC-1 2000 4003 20WC-1 2000 4004 20WC-1 2000 1802 6M (15 gallon) 1997 1803 6M (15 gallon) 1997 1820 6M (15 gallon) 1997 1824 6M (15 gallon) 1997 1863 6M (30 gallon) 1997 2256 6M (10 gallon) 1999 2162 6M (10 gallon) 2000 2257 6M (10 gallon) 2002 1866 6M (10 gallon) 2003 2161 6M (10 gallon) 2003 1864 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2160 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2165 6M (30 gallon) 2004 2991 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2992 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2993 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2994 6M (10 gallon) 2004 MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 2 of 14 22 August 2008 2995 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2996 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2998 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2999 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2258 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2990 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2997 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2. Identification of Shipments. (a) Number of shipments; (b) number of packages per shipment; (c) packaging serial numbers; (d) package contents; (e) end use of the radioactive material; (f) shipment origin and destination; (g) mode; (h) general timeframe (e.g., first quarter 2009); and (i) date last shipment will be completed.
Use of Expiring Transportation  
MURR is the primary or sole domestic source for many radionuclides used daily in cancer-fighting radiopharmaceuticals, research techniques and industrial applications.
Packages Dear Director Brach, This letter. serves as a request from the University  
These shipments are made on a regular, ongoing basis and will continue until new packages are available in October 2010.Table 2 gives, a breakdown and summary of those shipments and Table 3 provides details on the use of the radioactive material shipped.All shipments originate at MURR, located in Columbia, Missouri.The packaging serial numbers will vary as packages are rotated in and out of service, though the general package type (either 6M or 20WC) will be the same for each shipment.
of Missouri Research Reactor (MURR) to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory  
Please see Table 1 for a complete list of serial numbers for each package in service at MURR.Table 2 Shipment of Type B Quantities of Radionuclides from MURR Packages Current Isotope Shipped Package Form Mode/Destination/Distance per Week Used Sm-153 1 6M Solid Charter Air/1 300 miles/Boston Area Ground (truck)/multiple destinations  
Commission (NRC) that NRC grant MURR permission  
-New Orleans Area, Boston Area, Southern California/1 000 miles -1700 miles Ir-194 Solid Impurity, see Table 3 Ba- 1 20WC Solid Ground (truck)/Seattle area/2000 135m miles Ba-131 Solid "Impurity," see Table 3 Cs-131 Solid "Impurity," see Table 3 MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 3 of 14 22 August 2008 Table I Use of Radionuclides Shipped in Type B Quantities Isotope Form Use Sm-153 Solid (powder in quartz vial in canister)
to continue using packaging  
Cancer Treatment Ir-192 Solid (wires or buttons in aluminum Cancer Treatments, block or confinement)
for the shipment of Type B quantities  
Industrial Radiography Ir-194 Solid (wires or buttons in aluminum Impurity with Ir-192 block or confinement)
of radioactive  
Ba-135m Solid (powder in canister)
materials  
Impurity with Ba-131, dominant isotope for shipping Ba-131 Solid (powder in canister)
beyond October 1, 2008, when authorization  
Parent of Cs-131 Cs-131 Solid (powder in canister)
to use those packages is set to expire.Specifically, MURR requests permission  
Cancer Treatment, daughter from Ba-131 P-32 Solid (powder in canister)
for continued, but limited, use until October 1, 2010 of the existing Type B packages currently  
Tracer for biomedical research Yb-169 Solid (powder in quartz vial in canister)
in service. These packages were built and are maintainedto  
Cancer Treatment 3. Reasons for Requesting Extended Use. Justification for extending the use of expiring packages must describe why acquiring replacement packages is not practical and why shipments cannot be made before the October 1, 2008, expiration date. The justification must demonstrate that: (a) there are no alternative domestically approved packages available; (b) the contents cannot be reconfigured such that transport can be conducted in accordance with the regulations; and (c) the transport schedule cannot be adjusted so as to be conducted in accordance with the regulations.
U.S. Department  
The justification must also describe any good-faith efforts to acquire replacement packages that meet the current package performance requirements, including a detailed description of past activities and the current status of acquiring replacement packages.
of Transportation (DOT) specifications  
20WC and 6M conforming  
in all aspects to the requirements  
of 49 CFR Subchapter  
C, in effect on October 1, 2003.. On or before October 1, 2010 it is expected that a fleet of radioactive  
materials  
packages compliant  
with 10 CFR 71 will be in service at MURR.Per NRC Regulatory  
Issue Summary 2008-18 "Information  
on Requests for extending  
use of Expiring Transportation  
Packages," the following  
information  
is provided.  
Please note that this same request for extended use of the packages has been submitted  
under separate cover to DOT, in accordance  
with 49 CFR 107.105.1. Package Information
Please refer to Table I below for a comprehensive  
listing of the DOT specification  
package fleet currently  
operated by MURR, along with their serial numbers, model, and year of manufacture.
MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request Page 1 of 14 22 August 2008 Ao,ý- (D FIGHTING CANCER wrrIH ToMoRxow's  
TECHNOLOGY  
Table 1 DOT Specification  
Packaging  
Operated By MURR Serial Year of Number Model Manufacture
4016 20WC-1 1996 4018 20WC-1 1996 4021 20WC-1 1996 4023 20WC-1 1996 4001 20WC-1 2000 4002 20WC-1 2000 4003 20WC-1 2000 4004 20WC-1 2000 1802 6M (15 gallon) 1997 1803 6M (15 gallon) 1997 1820 6M (15 gallon) 1997 1824 6M (15 gallon) 1997 1863 6M (30 gallon) 1997 2256 6M (10 gallon) 1999 2162 6M (10 gallon) 2000 2257 6M (10 gallon) 2002 1866 6M (10 gallon) 2003 2161 6M (10 gallon) 2003 1864 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2160 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2165 6M (30 gallon) 2004 2991 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2992 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2993 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2994 6M (10 gallon) 2004 MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request Page 2 of 14 22 August 2008  
2995 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2996 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2998 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2999 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2258 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2990 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2997 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2. Identification  
of Shipments. (a) Number of shipments; (b) number of packages per shipment; (c) packaging  
serial numbers; (d) package contents; (e) end use of the radioactive  
material; (f) shipment origin and destination; (g) mode; (h) general timeframe (e.g., first quarter 2009); and (i) date last shipment will be completed.
MURR is the primary or sole domestic source for many radionuclides  
used daily in cancer-fighting radiopharmaceuticals, research techniques  
and industrial  
applications.  
These shipments  
are made on a regular, ongoing basis and will continue until new packages are available  
in October 2010.Table 2 gives, a breakdown  
and summary of those shipments  
and Table 3 provides details on the use of the radioactive  
material shipped.All shipments  
originate  
at MURR, located in Columbia, Missouri.The packaging  
serial numbers will vary as packages are rotated in and out of service, though the general package type (either 6M or 20WC) will be the same for each shipment.  
Please see Table 1 for a complete list of serial numbers for each package in service at MURR.Table 2 Shipment of Type B Quantities  
of Radionuclides  
from MURR Packages Current Isotope Shipped Package Form Mode/Destination/Distance
per Week Used Sm-153 1 6M Solid Charter Air/1 300 miles/Boston  
Area Ground (truck)/multiple  
destinations  
-New Orleans Area, Boston Area, Southern California/1  
000 miles -1700 miles Ir-194 Solid Impurity, see Table 3 Ba- 1 20WC Solid Ground (truck)/Seattle  
area/2000 135m miles Ba-131 Solid "Impurity," see Table 3 Cs-131 Solid "Impurity," see Table 3 MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request Page 3 of 14 22 August 2008  
Table I Use of Radionuclides  
Shipped in Type B Quantities
Isotope Form Use Sm-153 Solid (powder in quartz vial in canister)  
Cancer Treatment Ir-192 Solid (wires or buttons in aluminum Cancer Treatments, block or confinement)  
Industrial  
Radiography
Ir-194 Solid (wires or buttons in aluminum Impurity with Ir-192 block or confinement)
Ba-135m Solid (powder in canister)  
Impurity with Ba-131, dominant isotope for shipping Ba-131 Solid (powder in canister)  
Parent of Cs-131 Cs-131 Solid (powder in canister)  
Cancer Treatment, daughter from Ba-131 P-32 Solid (powder in canister)  
Tracer for biomedical
research Yb-169 Solid (powder in quartz vial in canister)  
Cancer Treatment 3. Reasons for Requesting  
Extended Use. Justification  
for extending  
the use of expiring packages must describe why acquiring  
replacement  
packages is not practical  
and why shipments  
cannot be made before the October 1, 2008, expiration  
date. The justification  
must demonstrate  
that: (a) there are no alternative  
domestically  
approved packages available; (b) the contents cannot be reconfigured  
such that transport  
can be conducted  
in accordance  
with the regulations;  
and (c) the transport  
schedule cannot be adjusted so as to be conducted  
in accordance  
with the regulations.  
The justification  
must also describe any good-faith  
efforts to acquire replacement  
packages that meet the current package performance  
requirements, including  
a detailed description  
of past activities  
and the current status of acquiring  
replacement  
packages.  
In addition, any adverse impacts that will result if the shipment is not conducted should be fully described.
In addition, any adverse impacts that will result if the shipment is not conducted should be fully described.
MURR has attempted  
MURR has attempted to meet the regulations in a timely manner. Upon the implementation of the new regulations in 2003, it was expected that industry would provide packages to the 10 CFR 71 standard.
to meet the regulations  
MURR, as a research institution and producer of medical, industrial and research radioisotopes, planned to purchase approved designs in the open market.MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 4 of 14 22 August 2008 Industry did not step forward and no designs meeting the varied research, medical and industrial radioisotope needs of MURR have been approved by the NRC as of this writing.Unsuitability of Alternative or Currently Approved Packages There are some packages that are currently permitted for use after October 1, 2008 that were considered by MURR as possible base designs to transport the radionuclides shown in Table 2 and Table 3. These include: " MIDUS approved under NRC Certificate of Compliance 9320* ES-3100 approved under NRC Certificate of Compliance 9315* MDS Nordion USA/0126/B(U)-96 under NRC Certificate of Compliance 0126* A variety of packages dedicated to special form material, such as the SPEC-1 50 (CoC 9263), SPEC-300 (CoC 9282) and the IR-100 (CoC 9157)The MIDUS package comes close to meeting many of the needs for a 20WC-1 replacement package. MIDUS is designed to transport Mo-99 as natrium molybdate in liquid form. The package weighs 330 kg (727 Ibs) but is well-shielded and the basic design is approved.
in a timely manner. Upon the implementation  
The manufacturer of the MIDUS submitted a response to the RFP issued in 2007, however the proposed cost structure was far too expensive for MURR's budget. This was unexpected as MURR had initially assumed that this proven design would require a relatively inexpensive refit to expand the contents and serve as a 20WC-1 replacement.
of the new regulations  
The ES-31 00 is designed for fissile material transport and weighs 190.5 kg (420 Ibs). In its current form, it is too heavy to replaced the 6M, yet too lightly shielded (using a stainless steel containment vessel) to transport the high-activity radionuclides required by MURR's clients and research partners.
in 2003, it was expected that industry would provide packages to the 10 CFR 71 standard.  
A similar package, the 9977 B(M)F-96, was submitted in response to the second Request for Bid issued in 2005, but the cost structure proposed for a 6M replacement design and refit for 20WC-1 ireplacement was far too expensive.
MURR, as a research institution  
The MDS Nordion package designated USA/0126/B(U)-96 is an excellent analog of the 20WC-1 and meets the needs for that type of packaging.
and producer of medical, industrial  
It weighs 148 kg (326 Ibs) and is approved for multi-radionuclide use. Using the design, investing in getting U.S. regulatory approval for domestic use and then building the packages through MDS Nordion was an early idea for meeting at least a portion of MURR's packaging needs. MDS Nordion consistently rejected MURR's inquiries over several years on grounds that the design is proprietary and that MDS Nordion saw no business interest in allowing MURR to license and/or buy the design.The various special form packages are all highly specialized packages and dedicated to specific source types. In addition, many of these packages are designed by the companies that produce or ship the special form material and are considered proprietary designs. In addition, such designs are not easily reworked to ship solids and liquids rather than special form material.Such work and expense would be better spent on packages designed for the purpose.In summary, while some packages that have been granted a Certificate of Compliance by NRC would appear to be good base designs to help meet MURR's packaging needs, none would MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 5 of 14 22 August 2008 meet even a small portion of the Type B package replacement needs today and even with significant work and efforts to upgrade the designs, they fall far short of the replacement packages currently under contract for design and delivery.Reconfiquringq the Contents MURR investigated the possibility of dividing the radioactive material currently shipped in Type B quantities into multiple Type A shipments.
and research radioisotopes, planned to purchase approved designs in the open market.MURR Packaging  
Due to ALARA concerns, the nature of the material shipped and a variety of handling issues, this was not regarded as feasible ALARA Concerns -Applies to Sm-153, Ir-192 (Ir-194), Ba-135m (Ba-131, Cs-131), P-32, Yb-169 As an NRC licensee, MURR is required to adhere to an "As Low As Reasonably Achievable" policy in regards to radiation exposure to staff per 10 CFR 20.1101 (b).After the designated irradiation period for the material in question, the material is allowed to decay for a period of time and then the canisters are removed from the reactor pool.In the case of the material encased in quartz vials, the canisters are opened inside of a hot cell and the quartz vial removed. This quartz vial is enclosed in a shielded container which is then placed in a Type B package for shipment.In the case of material that is stored in only the aluminum canister, the canister is placed directly into the Type B package, after being cleaned.To require MURR to open a welded can containing open radioactive powder, or the break open a quartz vial containing radioactive powder in order to divide the material into multiple Type A shipments invites a host of potential exposure problems, including: " Free powder can contaminate the hot cell in which the work is being performed.
Extension  
This dramatically increases the chances that the material will contaminate the manipulators and various surfaces in the hot cell, requiring hours or days of decontamination and survey work and consequently more radiation exposure to staff.* Iridium wires or buttons are encased in aluminum blocks for irradiation positioning and shipping purposes.
Request Page 4 of 14 22 August 2008  
To saw, cut or dissolve the aluminum would require hours of work with intensely radioactive materials and an increase in the radioactive waste stream, generating mixed waste if the dissolution method was chosen." The extra hours spent on this process requires the hot cell workers to endure more exposure.
Industry did not step forward and no designs meeting the varied research, medical and industrial  
Currently, typical exposure rates for hot cell workers are 5-10 mR per hour.Adding hours of processing time or decontamination work would quickly increase the radiation exposure to those workers.* Each package must be surveyed after loading. Instead of five to seven Type B packages to survey, the shipping and health physics staff would now have at least twenty or more Type A packages to survey, increasing the exposure time.MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 6 of 14 22 August 2008 Exposure rates would increase dramatically under any plan that required MURR to break the materials into Type A quantities prior to shipping.Material and Handling Issues -Applies to Sm-153, Ir-192 (Ir-194), Ba-135m (Ba-131, Cs-13 1), P-32, Yb-169 The materials shown in Table 2, above, are sealed in welded aluminum canisters and leak-tested prior to being irradiated.
radioisotope  
Some materials, such as Sm-1 53, are first sealed in quartz vials before being welded into the canisters.
needs of MURR have been approved by the NRC as of this writing.Unsuitability  
Other material, such as Ba-131/Ba-135m/Cs-131 product are sealed directly into the welded canister and not encased in a quartz vial.A variety of handling issues also arise in subdividing radioactive material into Type A quantities.
of Alternative  
Any increase in complexity can have a direct impact on safety. Some issues include:* The increased workload would result in a bottleneck in getting packages out the door as the number of packages shipped by MURR increased dramatically.
or Currently  
This would result in delays and reduced efficacy of the radionuclides when used in cancer treatments, research or industrial uses.* For our radiopharmaceutical clients, breaking the quartz vial and parceling out the radioactive powder into smaller quantities would make it unusable in a radiopharmaceutical that has been approved by the Federal Drug Administration (FDA).Some of our clients require a specific target material and sample size as part of their processing procedures as approved by the FDA or other regulatory bodies. Their quality programs require the use of a single discrete sample etched with a QA number that must be confirmed by the radiopharmaceutical manufacturer before production can begin. Subdividing such quantities is not realistic for our clients' and partners' intended, approved, use.* Similarly, the radionuclides that are used in medical applications are sterilized by the intense gamma radiation exposure they experience during irradiation at MURR.Opening these sealed containers (to separate the material into Type A quantities) in a non-sterile environment allows for the introduction of both biological and non-biological contaminants.
Approved Packages There are some packages that are currently  
This invites a host of contamination issues and likely renders the samples unusable.The ALARA and materials handling issues raise significant concerns for workers and end-users, including patients.
permitted  
As a result, it is not feasible to subdivide all of MURR's Type B shipments into a greatly increased number of Type A shipments.
for use after October 1, 2008 that were considered  
Readiusting the Transport Schedule As MURR serves medical, research and industrial customers on an ongoing basis, a readjustment of transportation schedules would not help alleviate the need for permission from the NRC to continue using the DOT specification packages on and past October 1, 2008.MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 7 of 14 22 August 2008 Efforts to Meet the ReQulations It became clear over the course of 2004 that industry would not be stepping forward to design, gain approval for, and manufacture packages suited to the varied needs of MURR's research, medical and industrial partners.
by MURR as possible base designs to transport  
MURR then attempted to prod the market by initiating contract bids. Over the course of 2005, MURR initiated two Requests for Bid, soliciting industry for a contract to design, test and fabricate packages meeting 10 CFR 71. The first bid met with no response.
the radionuclides  
The second bid produced one response that could not be implemented due to excessive costs.In 2006, MURR then formed an investigative team to determine the feasibility of obtaining the necessary licensing to design, test and build packages to the 10 CFR 71 standard in-house.This was not a feasible solution in terms of expertise, experience and financing.
shown in Table 2 and Table 3. These include: " MIDUS approved under NRC Certificate  
The above efforts having met with no success, MURR then issued a Request for Proposal in March of 2007 which resulted in four vendor responses.
of Compliance  
A vendor was awarded a contract in August of 2007 and work is underway for the design, testing and fabrication of Type B Packages that will satisfy 10 CFR 71.The NRC has issued a docket number for each design. The 6M replacement has a docket number of 71-9337 and the 20WC-1 replacement has a docket number of 71-9338. Details on the project itself are provided in Section 5, below.Adverse Impacts If MURR is denied permission to continue using DOT specification packaging, it will result in a severe impact on the domestic supply of radioisotopes for medical uses, industrial applications and research and will have dramatic consequences for MURR as it currently operates.MURR relies on Type B DOT specification package shipments for roughly 30% of its Products &Services revenue. Losing this revenue will result in significant, unsustainable budget shortfalls.
9320* ES-3100 approved under NRC Certificate  
Such a significant loss of revenue, combined with the large sums already spent and budgeted for the Type B package replacement project could not be absorbed by MURR.Having the ability to ship in DOT specification packaging becomes even more critical if some of MURR's partners and customers lose the ability to ship in their DOT specification packaging come October 1, 2008. If MURR is allowed to continue to ship, we can fill the gap for those customers of ours who choose not to apply for, or are denied, permission to operate DOT specification packages past the deadline.
of Compliance  
The shipment details provided in Table 2 above do not include shipments made in customer-owned packages, some of which are DOT specification packages.Effects on Individual Isotopes MURR is the sole domestic source for Sm-1 53, Ir-1 92, Cs-1 31, P-32, and Yb-1 69. MURR's relatively high flux (4E14 n/cm 2-sec), consistent operating schedule (averaging 150 hours/week, 52 weeks per year since the late 1970's) and our central geographic location make us the only MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 8 of 14 22 August 2008 reliable and efficient source for the high-activity radionuclides needed for medical, industrial and research use.The Sm-153 provided by MURR is the radioactive component of a cancer-fighting radiopharmaceutical, Quadramet.
9315* MDS Nordion USA/0126/B(U)-96  
Without the ability to ship the Sm-1 53 in a DOT specification package, that product can not be produced and provided to cancer victims.The Ir-192 provided by MURR is used by a variety of companies for both brachytherapy applications and industrial radiography needs. These companies could rely on foreign reactors for this material, but MURR is a preferred supplier to them due to our reliable schedule.
under NRC Certificate  
Without the ability to ship Ir-192 in DOT specification packages, the United States loses a major domestic source of this isotope, and the only source that can reliably produce it week in and week out.The Cs-1 31 provided by MURR is used as the radioactive component for a variety of cancer treatments.
of Compliance  
We are the sole domestic source for this radionuclide.
0126* A variety of packages dedicated  
If we lose the ability to ship this radionuclide in DOT specification packaging, the manufacturer of the cancer therapy agents will be forced to turn to foreign reactors for supply.MURR is the sole domestic source for P-32. Other reactors can provide it to our customer, but at the cost of relying solely on foreigner reactors for this critical component of biomedical research.Yb-169 is supplied to a customer for continuing cancer medicine research and therapies.
to special form material, such as the SPEC-1 50 (CoC 9263), SPEC-300 (CoC 9282) and the IR-100 (CoC 9157)The MIDUS package comes close to meeting many of the needs for a 20WC-1 replacement
As with the other radionuclides, MURR is the sole domestic source for this material.If MURR loses the ability to ship these radioisotopes in DOT Type B specification packaging, the ripple effects will extend into various industries and into the lives of patients receiving cancer therapies.
package. MIDUS is designed to transport  
: 4. Safety Justification for Continued Use and Proposed Compensatory Measures.Since the expiring package designs may lack safety enhancements included in newer designs, the request must include a safety justification for continued use and a description of compensatory measures that will be used to provide an equivalent level of safety. Examples of compensatory measures that may be considered are: (a) special package inspections, tests, or determinations that ensure that the packaging is in unimpaired physical condition; (b) transport by exclusive use; (c) transport during time of low road usage; and (d)accompaniment of shipment by escort equipped to effect a recovery in an emergency situation or in case of a transportation accident.MURR operates, and will continue to operate, the existing fleet of DOT specification packages in compliance with 49 CFR 173.416(c), which requires MURR to conform "in all aspects to the requirements of this subchapter in effect on October 1, 2003." Adherence to the applicable regulations is governed by MURR SOP AP-SH-001 (Administrative Procedure, Radioactive Material Shipping).
Mo-99 as natrium molybdate  
MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 9 of 14 22 August 2008 Compliance with the DOT regulations is demonstrated through a variety of inspection, operation and maintenance programs.
in liquid form. The package weighs 330 kg (727 Ibs) but is well-shielded  
In addition, MURR operates the package fleet under an NRC-approved Quality Assurance (QA) program.Please note that all Standard Operating Procedures referenced below, as well as the QA/QC Program Service Applications and official checklists are reproduced in full in Appendix A.Inspection Upon the return of a DOT specification package to MURR by a customer, the package is first surveyed for contamination, per MURR SOP RP-HP-110 (Survey and Decontamination of Returned Shipping Containers).
and the basic design is approved.  
The package is then inspected by a Certified Shipping Technician and the condition recorded on the "Type B Cask Inspection Log" which is kept for each DOT specification package. Every single DOT specification package must be inspected in this manner when it returns to the facility.If there is a need for minor repairs or maintenance, this is noted and the maintenance is performed under the appropriate procedure.
The manufacturer  
Operation MURR operates the packages in a manner that ensures safe operation of the fleet and provides for constant inspections of the packages themselves by both a worker and reviewer." BPB-SH-002 (20WC-1 Packaging and Shipment of Type B Non-Waste Radioactive Material)o FM-35 (Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 20WC-1 Radioactive Material Shipment)o MURR-SAS-00007 (QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner Cask)" Attachment 1 (Control Checksheet for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket)" Attachment 2 (Control Checksheet for DOT 7A inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolt)* BPB-SH-005 (DOT 6M Packaging and Shipment of Type B Non-Waste Radioactive Material)o FM-74 (Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 6M Radioactive Material Shipment)Maintenance The DOT specification packages are integrated into MURR's facility-wide preventive maintenance program. MURR utilizes a standard industry software package (MAXIMO) for MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 10 of 14 22 August 2008 scheduling and tracking preventive maintenance.
of the MIDUS submitted  
This software generates automatic notices of when maintenance is due, assigns the task to a responsible party and allows for tracking and status reports of the work.The preventive maintenance items currently scheduled for the DOT specification packages are annual replacement of gaskets in the DOT 7A Inner Cask used by the 20WC-1 packagings and for calibration and inspection of the torque wrenches and other tools used in working with the packages.Maintenance and inspection is intimately tied to Operation, requiring a constant review of all packages in service to assure that they meet the regulations governing packaging.
a response to the RFP issued in 2007, however the proposed cost structure  
NRC Quality Assurance Program MURR operates the DOT specification package fleet under NRC QA Certification No. 71-0108, Revision No. 8 and the associated QA Plan. This plan may be found in Appendix C. This QA program allows for maintenance, repair and use of the packagings.
was far too expensive  
The QA plan provides a framework for compliance with 10 CFR 71, Subpart H. This QA Program applies to all activities affecting the DOT specification packages and their components.
for MURR's budget. This was unexpected  
The program comprises the planned and systematic actions necessary to provide confidence that the package will perform satisfactorily while in service.The Program In summary, each package is subject to a complete inspection every time it is used and returned to MURR. This program allows for the constant monitoring of the fleet and provides for immediate action to repair the packages or replace components when necessary.
as MURR had initially  
This constant review of the packages helps to ensure that the fleet is maintained in at least fair condition at all times.5. A Plan and Schedule to Acquire Replacement Packages or Complete Necessary Shipments.
assumed that this proven design would require a relatively  
Details about the planned acquisition of replacement packages must be provided, along with key milestones, and proposed implementation dates, unless the licensee can show why acquiring a replacement package is not practical and why shipments cannot be made before the October 1, 2008, expiration date.The University of Missouri Research Reactor (MURR) signed a $2 million contract (in response to University of Missouri RFP #C032907) with a package design and manufacturing vendor, Croft Associates, Ltd. on 22 August 2007.This contract requires the vendor to design, build and gain NRC and DOT approval of two new Type B package designs. These designs are: 1. The SAFKEG-LS, which will replace the 6M DOT specification package and weigh less than 68 kilograms (150 pounds) fully loaded MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 11 of 14 22 August 2008
inexpensive  
: 2. The SAFKEG-HS, which will replace the 20WC DOT specification package Please refer to Appendix B for specification sheets describing each package design in general terms.MURR has spent over $320,000 to date on the Type B Package Replacement Project and is projected to spend over $2 million total (for contracted and off-contract expenses) by the end of the contract.Please note that we have split the program into separate production tracks for the LS and HS designs. There are substantial lead times involved in acquiring the depleted uranium (DU)necessary for the HS design. The LS design faces no such production challenges and the Safety Analysis Report for Packaging (SARP) for the LS will be submitted to the NRC several months in advance of the HS SARP.It is hoped that the experience gained from the LS SARP review will speed the approval of the HS SARP by NRC, though this obviously cannot be guaranteed.
refit to expand the contents and serve as a 20WC-1 replacement.
Key Accomplishments to Date To date, the vendor has completed the following major tasks:* Package Designs are complete, manufacturing drawings have been prepared for the designs* Materials studies have been compiled for the stainless steel and DU components.
The ES-31 00 is designed for fissile material transport  
Full testing of the proposed packing material is scheduled for August* Extensive work has been done on describing and evaluating the means to contain the nearly 50 radionuclides that MURR will require to be listed on the eventual Certificate of Compliance, including the design of shielded re-usable containers that will be packed in the containment vessel" Finite Element Analysis (FEA) for Stress has been performed for the package designs, analyzing the outer stainless steel shell, packing material and inner containment vessel* Shielding calculations have been performed for the package designs using worst-case scenarios for placement and activity of radioactive material" Orders have been placed with a specialty manufacturer to forge depleted uranium shields for the HS prototype* The vendor's Quality Assurance program was audited by the NRC in May of 2008 and approval granted to conduct all design, testing and SARP work* Drop tests have been performed at both ambient temperature and -40 0 C, from 9 meters, on a "pre-prototype" unit to confirm structural properties of the stainless steel and MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 12 of 14 22 August 2008 packing material, as well as to acquire g-loadings for use in further FEA Stress calculations Significant progress on a draft SARP for each design has been made The above tasks are merely highlights of the work conducted to date.Upcoming Tasks Some key upcoming task items and due dates are provided in Table 4 below.Table 4 Key Upcoming Tasks for MURR Type B Package Replacement Project Estimated Task Etioate Comments Completion Date LS Prototype 29 August 2008 Manufacture LS Prototype Tests 13 October 2008 Includes steady state thermal testing and all drop tests and comparison to computer models LS SARP 23 March 2009 Completion date is the expected submission date Compilation of Rev 0 to NRC Issuance of SER This is an estimate and dependent upon the NRC and Certification by January 2010 review process.NRC LS Manufacturing May 2010 This is entirely dependent upon the NRC review process HS Prototype 12 December Manufacture 2008 HS Prototype Tests 23 January 2008 Includes steady state thermal testing and all drop tests and comparison to computer models HS SARP 11 May 2009 Completion date is the expected submission date Compilation of Rev 0 to NRC Issuance of SER This is an estimate and dependent upon the NRC and Certification by March 2010 review process.NRC HS Manufacturing July 2010 This is entirely dependent upon the NRC review process MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 13 of 14 22 August 2008 Please refer to Appendix C for a complete Project Plan and Gantt chart that has been provided to MURR by the vendor. The Gantt chart provides a detailed list of both accomplished tasks and future work.Conclusion The University of Missouri Research Reactor has made every effort to obtain compliant packaging so that we may continue our safe and responsible shipment of Type B quantities of radioactive materials throughout the United States. This request provides information and background material supporting the request that NRC allow MURR to continue to operate its existing fleet of 6M and 20WC packages for two (2) years past the October 1, 2008 deadline.As MURR serves radiopharmaceutical companies with materials shipped in Type B quantity, we would appreciate the NRC notifying MURR as soon as practicable with their response to this request. MURR is obligated to provide our customers with as much lead time as possible to help them arrange for an orderly shutdown of production and for notification of cancer patients scheduled to receive treatments.
and weighs 190.5 kg (420 Ibs). In its current form, it is too heavy to replaced the 6M, yet too lightly shielded (using a stainless  
Your time and attention to our request is appreciated.
steel containment  
If you have any questions or concerns, please do not hesitate to contact me at the address, phone number or email address above. In addition, you may contact Mr. Michael Flagg, the technical point of contact for this project at MURR, via email at FlaggM@missouri.edu or by phone at 573-882-5364.
vessel) to transport  
Sincerely, Ralph A. Butler Dat'Director, University of Missouri Research Reactor MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 14 of 14 22 August 2008 Appendix A NRC Approved QA Plan and Relevant Standard Operating Procedures MURR Packaging Extension Request F " x ý, August 2008"x UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI-COLUMBIA RESEARCH REACTOR FACILITY SHIPPING QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM FOR TYPE B SHIPPING CASKS 1513 Research Park Drive Columbia, MO 65211 (573) 882-4211 TABLE OF CONTENTS I. Introduction  
the high-activity  
.....................................................................................................................................
radionuclides  
3 II. Q uality A ssurance .................................................................................................................................
required by MURR's clients and research partners.  
A similar package, the 9977 B(M)F-96, was submitted  
in response to the second Request for Bid issued in 2005, but the cost structure  
proposed for a 6M replacement
design and refit for 20WC-1 ireplacement  
was far too expensive.
The MDS Nordion package designated  
USA/0126/B(U)-96  
is an excellent  
analog of the 20WC-1 and meets the needs for that type of packaging.  
It weighs 148 kg (326 Ibs) and is approved for multi-radionuclide  
use. Using the design, investing  
in getting U.S. regulatory  
approval for domestic use and then building the packages through MDS Nordion was an early idea for meeting at least a portion of MURR's packaging  
needs. MDS Nordion consistently  
rejected MURR's inquiries  
over several years on grounds that the design is proprietary  
and that MDS Nordion saw no business interest in allowing MURR to license and/or buy the design.The various special form packages are all highly specialized  
packages and dedicated  
to specific source types. In addition, many of these packages are designed by the companies  
that produce or ship the special form material and are considered  
proprietary  
designs. In addition, such designs are not easily reworked to ship solids and liquids rather than special form material.Such work and expense would be better spent on packages designed for the purpose.In summary, while some packages that have been granted a Certificate  
of Compliance  
by NRC would appear to be good base designs to help meet MURR's packaging  
needs, none would MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request Page 5 of 14 22 August 2008  
meet even a small portion of the Type B package replacement  
needs today and even with significant  
work and efforts to upgrade the designs, they fall far short of the replacement
packages currently  
under contract for design and delivery.Reconfiquringq  
the Contents MURR investigated  
the possibility  
of dividing the radioactive  
material currently  
shipped in Type B quantities  
into multiple Type A shipments.  
Due to ALARA concerns, the nature of the material shipped and a variety of handling issues, this was not regarded as feasible ALARA Concerns -Applies to Sm-153, Ir-192 (Ir-194), Ba-135m (Ba-131, Cs-131), P-32, Yb-169 As an NRC licensee, MURR is required to adhere to an "As Low As Reasonably  
Achievable" policy in regards to radiation  
exposure to staff per 10 CFR 20.1101 (b).After the designated  
irradiation  
period for the material in question, the material is allowed to decay for a period of time and then the canisters  
are removed from the reactor pool.In the case of the material encased in quartz vials, the canisters  
are opened inside of a hot cell and the quartz vial removed. This quartz vial is enclosed in a shielded container  
which is then placed in a Type B package for shipment.In the case of material that is stored in only the aluminum canister, the canister is placed directly into the Type B package, after being cleaned.To require MURR to open a welded can containing  
open radioactive  
powder, or the break open a quartz vial containing  
radioactive  
powder in order to divide the material into multiple Type A shipments  
invites a host of potential  
exposure problems, including: " Free powder can contaminate  
the hot cell in which the work is being performed.  
This dramatically  
increases  
the chances that the material will contaminate  
the manipulators
and various surfaces in the hot cell, requiring  
hours or days of decontamination  
and survey work and consequently  
more radiation  
exposure to staff.* Iridium wires or buttons are encased in aluminum blocks for irradiation  
positioning  
and shipping purposes.  
To saw, cut or dissolve the aluminum would require hours of work with intensely  
radioactive  
materials  
and an increase in the radioactive  
waste stream, generating  
mixed waste if the dissolution  
method was chosen." The extra hours spent on this process requires the hot cell workers to endure more exposure.  
Currently, typical exposure rates for hot cell workers are 5-10 mR per hour.Adding hours of processing  
time or decontamination  
work would quickly increase the radiation  
exposure to those workers.* Each package must be surveyed after loading. Instead of five to seven Type B packages to survey, the shipping and health physics staff would now have at least twenty or more Type A packages to survey, increasing  
the exposure time.MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request Page 6 of 14 22 August 2008  
Exposure rates would increase dramatically  
under any plan that required MURR to break the materials  
into Type A quantities  
prior to shipping.Material and Handling Issues -Applies to Sm-153, Ir-192 (Ir-194), Ba-135m (Ba-131, Cs-13 1), P-32, Yb-169 The materials  
shown in Table 2, above, are sealed in welded aluminum canisters  
and leak-tested prior to being irradiated.  
Some materials, such as Sm-1 53, are first sealed in quartz vials before being welded into the canisters.  
Other material, such as Ba-131/Ba-135m/Cs-131
product are sealed directly into the welded canister and not encased in a quartz vial.A variety of handling issues also arise in subdividing  
radioactive  
material into Type A quantities.
Any increase in complexity  
can have a direct impact on safety. Some issues include:* The increased  
workload would result in a bottleneck  
in getting packages out the door as the number of packages shipped by MURR increased  
dramatically.  
This would result in delays and reduced efficacy of the radionuclides  
when used in cancer treatments, research or industrial  
uses.* For our radiopharmaceutical  
clients, breaking the quartz vial and parceling  
out the radioactive  
powder into smaller quantities  
would make it unusable in a radiopharmaceutical  
that has been approved by the Federal Drug Administration (FDA).Some of our clients require a specific target material and sample size as part of their processing  
procedures  
as approved by the FDA or other regulatory  
bodies. Their quality programs require the use of a single discrete sample etched with a QA number that must be confirmed  
by the radiopharmaceutical  
manufacturer  
before production  
can begin. Subdividing  
such quantities  
is not realistic  
for our clients' and partners'  
intended, approved, use.* Similarly, the radionuclides  
that are used in medical applications  
are sterilized  
by the intense gamma radiation  
exposure they experience  
during irradiation  
at MURR.Opening these sealed containers (to separate the material into Type A quantities)  
in a non-sterile  
environment  
allows for the introduction  
of both biological  
and non-biological
contaminants.  
This invites a host of contamination  
issues and likely renders the samples unusable.The ALARA and materials  
handling issues raise significant  
concerns for workers and end-users, including  
patients.  
As a result, it is not feasible to subdivide  
all of MURR's Type B shipments into a greatly increased  
number of Type A shipments.
Readiusting  
the Transport  
Schedule As MURR serves medical, research and industrial  
customers  
on an ongoing basis, a readjustment  
of transportation  
schedules  
would not help alleviate  
the need for permission  
from the NRC to continue using the DOT specification  
packages on and past October 1, 2008.MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request Page 7 of 14 22 August 2008  
Efforts to Meet the ReQulations
It became clear over the course of 2004 that industry would not be stepping forward to design, gain approval for, and manufacture  
packages suited to the varied needs of MURR's research, medical and industrial  
partners.  
MURR then attempted  
to prod the market by initiating  
contract bids. Over the course of 2005, MURR initiated  
two Requests for Bid, soliciting  
industry for a contract to design, test and fabricate  
packages meeting 10 CFR 71. The first bid met with no response.  
The second bid produced one response that could not be implemented  
due to excessive  
costs.In 2006, MURR then formed an investigative  
team to determine  
the feasibility  
of obtaining  
the necessary  
licensing  
to design, test and build packages to the 10 CFR 71 standard in-house.This was not a feasible solution in terms of expertise, experience  
and financing.
The above efforts having met with no success, MURR then issued a Request for Proposal in March of 2007 which resulted in four vendor responses.  
A vendor was awarded a contract in August of 2007 and work is underway for the design, testing and fabrication  
of Type B Packages that will satisfy 10 CFR 71.The NRC has issued a docket number for each design. The 6M replacement  
has a docket number of 71-9337 and the 20WC-1 replacement  
has a docket number of 71-9338. Details on the project itself are provided in Section 5, below.Adverse Impacts If MURR is denied permission  
to continue using DOT specification  
packaging, it will result in a severe impact on the domestic supply of radioisotopes  
for medical uses, industrial  
applications
and research and will have dramatic consequences  
for MURR as it currently  
operates.MURR relies on Type B DOT specification  
package shipments  
for roughly 30% of its Products &Services revenue. Losing this revenue will result in significant, unsustainable  
budget shortfalls.
Such a significant  
loss of revenue, combined with the large sums already spent and budgeted for the Type B package replacement  
project could not be absorbed by MURR.Having the ability to ship in DOT specification  
packaging  
becomes even more critical if some of MURR's partners and customers  
lose the ability to ship in their DOT specification  
packaging come October 1, 2008. If MURR is allowed to continue to ship, we can fill the gap for those customers  
of ours who choose not to apply for, or are denied, permission  
to operate DOT specification  
packages past the deadline.  
The shipment details provided in Table 2 above do not include shipments  
made in customer-owned  
packages, some of which are DOT specification  
packages.Effects on Individual  
Isotopes MURR is the sole domestic source for Sm-1 53, Ir-1 92, Cs-1 31, P-32, and Yb-1 69. MURR's relatively  
high flux (4E14 n/cm 2-sec), consistent  
operating  
schedule (averaging  
150 hours/week, 52 weeks per year since the late 1970's) and our central geographic  
location make us the only MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request Page 8 of 14 22 August 2008  
reliable and efficient  
source for the high-activity  
radionuclides  
needed for medical, industrial  
and research use.The Sm-153 provided by MURR is the radioactive  
component  
of a cancer-fighting
radiopharmaceutical, Quadramet.  
Without the ability to ship the Sm-1 53 in a DOT specification  
package, that product can not be produced and provided to cancer victims.The Ir-192 provided by MURR is used by a variety of companies  
for both brachytherapy
applications  
and industrial  
radiography  
needs. These companies  
could rely on foreign reactors for this material, but MURR is a preferred  
supplier to them due to our reliable schedule.  
Without the ability to ship Ir-192 in DOT specification  
packages, the United States loses a major domestic source of this isotope, and the only source that can reliably produce it week in and week out.The Cs-1 31 provided by MURR is used as the radioactive  
component  
for a variety of cancer treatments.  
We are the sole domestic source for this radionuclide.  
If we lose the ability to ship this radionuclide  
in DOT specification  
packaging, the manufacturer  
of the cancer therapy agents will be forced to turn to foreign reactors for supply.MURR is the sole domestic source for P-32. Other reactors can provide it to our customer, but at the cost of relying solely on foreigner  
reactors for this critical component  
of biomedical
research.Yb-169 is supplied to a customer for continuing  
cancer medicine research and therapies.  
As with the other radionuclides, MURR is the sole domestic source for this material.If MURR loses the ability to ship these radioisotopes  
in DOT Type B specification  
packaging, the ripple effects will extend into various industries  
and into the lives of patients receiving  
cancer therapies.
4. Safety Justification  
for Continued  
Use and Proposed Compensatory  
Measures.Since the expiring package designs may lack safety enhancements  
included in newer designs, the request must include a safety justification  
for continued  
use and a description  
of compensatory  
measures that will be used to provide an equivalent  
level of safety. Examples of compensatory  
measures that may be considered  
are: (a) special package inspections, tests, or determinations  
that ensure that the packaging  
is in unimpaired  
physical condition; (b) transport  
by exclusive  
use; (c) transport  
during time of low road usage; and (d)accompaniment  
of shipment by escort equipped to effect a recovery in an emergency  
situation  
or in case of a transportation  
accident.MURR operates, and will continue to operate, the existing fleet of DOT specification  
packages in compliance  
with 49 CFR 173.416(c), which requires MURR to conform "in all aspects to the requirements  
of this subchapter  
in effect on October 1, 2003." Adherence  
to the applicable  
regulations  
is governed by MURR SOP AP-SH-001 (Administrative
Procedure, Radioactive  
Material Shipping).
MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request Page 9 of 14 22 August 2008  
Compliance  
with the DOT regulations  
is demonstrated  
through a variety of inspection, operation and maintenance  
programs.  
In addition, MURR operates the package fleet under an NRC-approved Quality Assurance (QA) program.Please note that all Standard Operating  
Procedures  
referenced  
below, as well as the QA/QC Program Service Applications  
and official checklists  
are reproduced  
in full in Appendix A.Inspection
Upon the return of a DOT specification  
package to MURR by a customer, the package is first surveyed for contamination, per MURR SOP RP-HP-110 (Survey and Decontamination  
of Returned Shipping Containers).
The package is then inspected  
by a Certified  
Shipping Technician  
and the condition  
recorded on the "Type B Cask Inspection  
Log" which is kept for each DOT specification  
package. Every single DOT specification  
package must be inspected  
in this manner when it returns to the facility.If there is a need for minor repairs or maintenance, this is noted and the maintenance  
is performed  
under the appropriate  
procedure.
Operation MURR operates the packages in a manner that ensures safe operation  
of the fleet and provides for constant inspections  
of the packages themselves  
by both a worker and reviewer." BPB-SH-002  
(20WC-1 Packaging  
and Shipment of Type B Non-Waste  
Radioactive
Material)o FM-35 (Control Checksheet  
for Type B USA DOT 20WC-1 Radioactive  
Material Shipment)o MURR-SAS-00007 (QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner Cask)" Attachment  
1 (Control Checksheet  
for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket)" Attachment  
2 (Control Checksheet  
for DOT 7A inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolt)* BPB-SH-005 (DOT 6M Packaging  
and Shipment of Type B Non-Waste  
Radioactive
Material)o FM-74 (Control Checksheet  
for Type B USA DOT 6M Radioactive  
Material Shipment)Maintenance
The DOT specification  
packages are integrated  
into MURR's facility-wide  
preventive
maintenance  
program. MURR utilizes a standard industry software package (MAXIMO) for MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request Page 10 of 14 22 August 2008  
scheduling  
and tracking preventive  
maintenance.  
This software generates  
automatic  
notices of when maintenance  
is due, assigns the task to a responsible  
party and allows for tracking and status reports of the work.The preventive  
maintenance  
items currently  
scheduled  
for the DOT specification  
packages are annual replacement  
of gaskets in the DOT 7A Inner Cask used by the 20WC-1 packagings  
and for calibration  
and inspection  
of the torque wrenches and other tools used in working with the packages.Maintenance  
and inspection  
is intimately  
tied to Operation, requiring  
a constant review of all packages in service to assure that they meet the regulations  
governing  
packaging.
NRC Quality Assurance  
Program MURR operates the DOT specification  
package fleet under NRC QA Certification  
No. 71-0108, Revision No. 8 and the associated  
QA Plan. This plan may be found in Appendix C. This QA program allows for maintenance, repair and use of the packagings.
The QA plan provides a framework  
for compliance  
with 10 CFR 71, Subpart H. This QA Program applies to all activities  
affecting  
the DOT specification  
packages and their components.
The program comprises  
the planned and systematic  
actions necessary  
to provide confidence
that the package will perform satisfactorily  
while in service.The Program In summary, each package is subject to a complete inspection  
every time it is used and returned to MURR. This program allows for the constant monitoring  
of the fleet and provides for immediate  
action to repair the packages or replace components  
when necessary.  
This constant review of the packages helps to ensure that the fleet is maintained  
in at least fair condition  
at all times.5. A Plan and Schedule to Acquire Replacement  
Packages or Complete Necessary Shipments.  
Details about the planned acquisition  
of replacement  
packages must be provided, along with key milestones, and proposed implementation  
dates, unless the licensee can show why acquiring  
a replacement  
package is not practical  
and why shipments  
cannot be made before the October 1, 2008, expiration  
date.The University  
of Missouri Research Reactor (MURR) signed a $2 million contract (in response to University  
of Missouri RFP #C032907)  
with a package design and manufacturing  
vendor, Croft Associates, Ltd. on 22 August 2007.This contract requires the vendor to design, build and gain NRC and DOT approval of two new Type B package designs. These designs are: 1. The SAFKEG-LS, which will replace the 6M DOT specification  
package and weigh less than 68 kilograms  
(150 pounds) fully loaded MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request Page 11 of 14 22 August 2008  
2. The SAFKEG-HS, which will replace the 20WC DOT specification  
package Please refer to Appendix B for specification  
sheets describing  
each package design in general terms.MURR has spent over $320,000 to date on the Type B Package Replacement  
Project and is projected  
to spend over $2 million total (for contracted  
and off-contract  
expenses)  
by the end of the contract.Please note that we have split the program into separate production  
tracks for the LS and HS designs. There are substantial  
lead times involved in acquiring  
the depleted uranium (DU)necessary  
for the HS design. The LS design faces no such production  
challenges  
and the Safety Analysis Report for Packaging (SARP) for the LS will be submitted  
to the NRC several months in advance of the HS SARP.It is hoped that the experience  
gained from the LS SARP review will speed the approval of the HS SARP by NRC, though this obviously  
cannot be guaranteed.
Key Accomplishments  
to Date To date, the vendor has completed  
the following  
major tasks:* Package Designs are complete, manufacturing  
drawings have been prepared for the designs* Materials  
studies have been compiled for the stainless  
steel and DU components.  
Full testing of the proposed packing material is scheduled  
for August* Extensive  
work has been done on describing  
and evaluating  
the means to contain the nearly 50 radionuclides  
that MURR will require to be listed on the eventual Certificate  
of Compliance, including  
the design of shielded re-usable  
containers  
that will be packed in the containment  
vessel" Finite Element Analysis (FEA) for Stress has been performed  
for the package designs, analyzing  
the outer stainless  
steel shell, packing material and inner containment  
vessel* Shielding  
calculations  
have been performed  
for the package designs using worst-case
scenarios  
for placement  
and activity of radioactive  
material" Orders have been placed with a specialty  
manufacturer  
to forge depleted uranium shields for the HS prototype* The vendor's Quality Assurance  
program was audited by the NRC in May of 2008 and approval granted to conduct all design, testing and SARP work* Drop tests have been performed  
at both ambient temperature  
and -40 0 C, from 9 meters, on a "pre-prototype" unit to confirm structural  
properties  
of the stainless  
steel and MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request Page 12 of 14 22 August 2008  
packing material, as well as to acquire g-loadings  
for use in further FEA Stress calculations
Significant  
progress on a draft SARP for each design has been made The above tasks are merely highlights  
of the work conducted  
to date.Upcoming Tasks Some key upcoming task items and due dates are provided in Table 4 below.Table 4 Key Upcoming Tasks for MURR Type B Package Replacement  
Project Estimated Task Etioate Comments Completion  
Date LS Prototype  
29 August 2008 Manufacture
LS Prototype  
Tests 13 October 2008 Includes steady state thermal testing and all drop tests and comparison  
to computer models LS SARP 23 March 2009 Completion  
date is the expected submission  
date Compilation  
of Rev 0 to NRC Issuance of SER This is an estimate and dependent  
upon the NRC and Certification  
by January 2010 review process.NRC LS Manufacturing  
May 2010 This is entirely dependent  
upon the NRC review process HS Prototype  
12 December Manufacture  
2008 HS Prototype  
Tests 23 January 2008 Includes steady state thermal testing and all drop tests and comparison  
to computer models HS SARP 11 May 2009 Completion  
date is the expected submission  
date Compilation  
of Rev 0 to NRC Issuance of SER This is an estimate and dependent  
upon the NRC and Certification  
by March 2010 review process.NRC HS Manufacturing  
July 2010 This is entirely dependent  
upon the NRC review process MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request Page 13 of 14 22 August 2008  
Please refer to Appendix C for a complete Project Plan and Gantt chart that has been provided to MURR by the vendor. The Gantt chart provides a detailed list of both accomplished  
tasks and future work.Conclusion
The University  
of Missouri Research Reactor has made every effort to obtain compliant packaging  
so that we may continue our safe and responsible  
shipment of Type B quantities  
of radioactive  
materials  
throughout  
the United States. This request provides information  
and background  
material supporting  
the request that NRC allow MURR to continue to operate its existing fleet of 6M and 20WC packages for two (2) years past the October 1, 2008 deadline.As MURR serves radiopharmaceutical  
companies  
with materials  
shipped in Type B quantity, we would appreciate  
the NRC notifying  
MURR as soon as practicable  
with their response to this request. MURR is obligated  
to provide our customers  
with as much lead time as possible to help them arrange for an orderly shutdown of production  
and for notification  
of cancer patients scheduled  
to receive treatments.
Your time and attention  
to our request is appreciated.  
If you have any questions  
or concerns, please do not hesitate to contact me at the address, phone number or email address above. In addition, you may contact Mr. Michael Flagg, the technical  
point of contact for this project at MURR, via email at FlaggM@missouri.edu  
or by phone at 573-882-5364.
Sincerely, Ralph A. Butler Dat'Director, University  
of Missouri Research Reactor MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request Page 14 of 14 22 August 2008  
Appendix A NRC Approved QA Plan and Relevant Standard Operating  
Procedures
MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request F " x ý, August 2008"x  
UNIVERSITY  
OF MISSOURI-COLUMBIA
RESEARCH REACTOR FACILITY SHIPPING QUALITY ASSURANCE  
PROGRAM FOR TYPE B SHIPPING CASKS 1513 Research Park Drive Columbia, MO 65211 (573) 882-4211  
TABLE OF CONTENTS I. Introduction  
.....................................................................................................................................  
3 II. Q uality A ssurance .................................................................................................................................  
3 1 .Organization  
3 1 .Organization  
.............................................................................................................................  
.............................................................................................................................
3 2. Q uality A ssurance Program ..............................................................................................  
3 2. Q uality A ssurance Program ..............................................................................................
5 3. Procurem ent D ocum ent Control .......................................................................................  
5 3. Procurem ent D ocum ent Control .......................................................................................
6 4. Instructions, Procedures, and Draw ings ........................................................................  
6 4. Instructions, Procedures, and Draw ings ........................................................................
6 5. Docum ent Control ...........................................................................................................  
6 5. Docum ent Control ...........................................................................................................
6 6. Control of Purchased  
6 6. Control of Purchased M aterial, Equipm ent, and Service .................................................
M aterial, Equipm ent, and Service .................................................  
7 7. Identification  
7 7. Identification  
& Control of Materials, Parts, and Components  
& Control of Materials, Parts, and Components  
......................................  
......................................
8 8. Control of Special Processes  
8 8. Control of Special Processes  
..............................................................................................  
..............................................................................................
8 9. Inspection  
8 9. Inspection and Test Control ...............................................................................................
and Test Control ...............................................................................................  
8 10. Control of M easuring and Test Equipm ent ......................................................................
8 10. Control of M easuring and Test Equipm ent ......................................................................  
9 11. H andling, Storage, and Shipping ......................................................................................
9 11. H andling, Storage, and Shipping ......................................................................................  
9 12. Inspection, Test, and Operating Status ............................................................................
9 12. Inspection, Test, and Operating  
10 13. N on-Conform ing M aterials, Parts, and Com ponents ....................................................
Status ............................................................................  
10 14. Corrective A ction ...................................................................................................................
10 13. N on-Conform  
10 15. Q uality A ssurance Records ...............................................................................................
ing M aterials, Parts, and Com ponents ....................................................  
11 16. A udits ................................................... , ..................................................................................
10 14. Corrective  
11 Appendix A. QA Personnel Responsibilities B. References C. Shipping QA Organization Chart Page 2 of 11 I. INTRODUCTION By this document the University of Missouri Research Reactor (MURR) establishes a Shipping Quality Assurance (QA) Program in accordance with 10 CFR 71, Subpart H. The MURR Shipping QA Program establishes requirements applicable to procurement, use, maintenance, and repair of packaging used in transport of licensed material in excess of a Type A quantity.
A ction ...................................................................................................................  
The program includes the purchase, handling, shipping, storing, cleaning, assembly, inspection, testing, operation, maintenance, and repair of Type B shipping containers regulated by 10 CFR 71. The Shipping QA Program applies to those activities affecting the casks and their components, which are significant to safety. Quality assurance comprises those planned and systematic actions necessary to provide adequate confidence that a system or component will perform satisfactorily in service. Shipping casks regulated by 10 CFR 71 will be released for shipping only after they have satisfactorily met the requirements of the MURR Shipping QA Program.11. QUALITY ASSURANCE I. Organization The Associate Director of the MURR Regulatory Assurance Group (RAG) is responsible for the Shipping QA Program and shall assure the program complies with 10 CFR 71, Packaging and Transportation of Radioactive Material.
10 15. Q uality A ssurance Records ...............................................................................................  
The Associate Director (RAG) will have the following minimum qualifications:
11 16. A udits ................................................... , ..................................................................................  
Bachelors degree in Engineering or related field; Certified Health Physicist (CHP); five years experience with reactors; and general knowledge of all aspects of research reactor operation.
11 Appendix A. QA Personnel  
The Associate Director (RAG) shall designate individuals, in writing, as Shipping QA Supervisors who have the responsibility to ensure that all work in their assigned area complies with 10 CFR 71, Subpart H-Quality Assurance.
Responsibilities
The Associate Director (RAG) shall designate in writing Shipping QA Inspectors, who have the responsibility to ensure that all requirements of Shipping QA procedures have been performed and verified.
B. References
The Shipping QA Supervisor and Shipping QA Inspector positions may be collateral duties of the designated staff members.Page 3 of 11 All Shipping QA Supervisors, Inspectors, and Performers have the authority to stop unsatisfactory work in order to comply with federal regulations and MURR Shipping QA procedures.
C. Shipping QA Organization  
If a difference in opinion or a safety concern occurs between a Shipping QA Inspector and other Shipping QA personnel concerning compliance with the Shipping QA Program, the work evolution involved shall be stopped and put in a safe condition.
Chart Page 2 of 11  
The Shipping QA Inspector shall show the individual(s) the basis for the requirement.
I. INTRODUCTION
If the difference of opinion still exists, the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall resolve the difference after consultation with the Associate Director (RAG).MURR has divided the Shipping QA Program into four responsible groups: Hot Cell Operations, Radioactive Materials/Shipping, Reactor Operations and Hazardous Waste/Health Physics. Each group has a Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that work in their assigned area meets the requirements of the MURR Shipping QA Program.The Supervisor, Hot Cell Operations, is responsible for the packaging of Type B radioactive by-product materials and their preparation for shipment.
By this document the University  
The Supervisor, Hot Cell Operations is designated as a Shipping QA Supervisor.
of Missouri Research Reactor (MURR) establishes  
The Health Physics Manager is designated as an alternate Shipping QA Supervisor for Hot Cell Operations.
a Shipping Quality Assurance (QA) Program in accordance  
The Manager, Radioactive Materials/Shipping is responsible for all Type B shipments except for shipments of reactor spent fuel, fissile material and radioactive waste. The primary responsibility of the Manager, Radioactive Materials/Shipping is the safe transportation of Type B quantities of by-product radioactive materials.
with 10 CFR 71, Subpart H. The MURR Shipping QA Program establishes  
The Manager, Radioactive Materials/Shipping is designated as a Shipping QA Supervisor.
requirements  
The Health Physics Manager is designated as an alternate Shipping QA Supervisor for Radioactive Materials/Shipping.
applicable  
The Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics is responsible for Type B shipments of reactor spent fuel and/or fissile material.
to procurement, use, maintenance, and repair of packaging  
The primary responsibility of the Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics is the safe shipment of reactor spent fuel. The Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics is designated as a Shipping QA Supervisor.
used in transport  
The Assistant Reactor Manager-Engineering is designated as an alternate Shipping QA Supervisor for spent fuel and/or fissile material shipments.
of licensed material in excess of a Type A quantity.  
Page 4 of 11 The Hazardous Waste Coordinator/Health Physicist is responsible for Type B shipments of radioactive waste. The main responsibility of the Hazardous Waste Coordinator/Health Physicist is the safe shipment of radioactive waste. The Hazardous Waste Coordinator/Health Physicist is designated as a Shipping QA Supervisor.
The program includes the purchase, handling, shipping, storing, cleaning, assembly, inspection, testing, operation, maintenance, and repair of Type B shipping containers  
The Health Physics Manager is designated as an alternate Shipping QA Supervisor for the Hazardous Waste Coordinator/Health Physicist.
regulated  
Per MURR Technical Specification 6.1, the Health Physics Manager shall annually review and approve the procedures for preparation of radioactive materials for shipping and the shipping of by-product material.
by 10 CFR 71. The Shipping QA Program applies to those activities  
The Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics shall annually review and approve all procedures for preparation and shipment of Type B radioactive materials of reactor spent fuel and/or fissile material.2. Quality Assurance Program The MURR Shipping QA Program establishes requirements applicable to procurement, use, maintenance, and repair of packaging used in transport of licensed material in excess of a Type A quantity.
affecting  
Where appropriate, procedures will be in place to ensure the implementation of the MURR Shipping QA Program requirements.
the casks and their components, which are significant  
Any action or procedure that could significantly affect the ability of any structure, system, or component to perform safely and as specified, falls within the scope of the MURR Shipping Quality Assurance Program.The Shipping QA Program will be applied in a graded approach to an extent consistent with the importance to safety. Because MURR does not design or manufacture Type B shipping casks, the regulations in 10 CFR 71, Subpart D-Application for Package Approval, Subpart E-Package Approval Standards and Subpart F-Package, Special Forms, and LSA-II1 Tests are not applicable to the MURR Shipping QA Program.Prior to use and shipment of Type B shipping packages, it is the responsibility of the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that MURR is registered with the NRC as an authorized user of the package and the shipment shall be made in accordance with the conditions of the NRC Certificate of Compliance.
to safety. Quality assurance comprises  
For international shipments of Type B packaging, it is the responsibility of the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that MURR is registered with the U. S. Certificate of Competent Authority as an authorized user of the package and the shipment shall be made in accordance with the conditions of the U. S. Certificate of Competent Authority.
those planned and systematic  
Page 5 of 11 All Shipping QA Supervisors and Shipping QA Inspectors will have their training and experience documented by completion of the appropriate training records. In their assigned areas, each Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that all personnel who perform work in accordance with their Shipping QA procedures are adequately trained and qualified to perform this work.3. Procurement Document Control Prior to the purchase of Type B shipping packages, it is the responsibility of the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that the manufacturer of the packaging supplies all appropriate certifications verifying the designated packaging (model and serial number) was manufactured under the control of an NRC-approved QA program, identifies the type of verification activities required during use and maintenance, and designates other pertinent documentation to be furnished with the packaging (certificate of compliance, as-built drawings, use and maintenance manuals, photographs).
actions necessary  
Prior to the purchase of replacement parts for Type B shipping casks, all parts important to safety will be reviewed by the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that all technical and QA requirements are included in purchase orders. When applicable, purchase orders shall be placed with suppliers/manufacturers previously qualified during fabrication of the packaging.
to provide adequate confidence  
For the purchase of replacement parts from suppliers/manufacturers not previously identified as qualified sources, it is the responsibility of the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that the replacement parts meet requirements at least as stringent as the original criteria.4. Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings Administratively controlled procedures shall be established for the use, maintenance, repair and preparation for transport of all Type B packaging.
that a system or component  
: 5. Document Control Control will be exercised for Shipping QA documents.
will perform satisfactorily  
Shipping QA documents consist of procedures, manuals, audits, instructions, specifications, training records, and drawings used in the procurement, use, maintenance, and repair of Type B shipping casks.Page 6 of 11 Prior to use, the Health Physics Manager will review and approve all Shipping QA procedures and revisions for the preparation and shipment of Type B quantities of by-product material.
in service. Shipping casks regulated  
Prior to use, the Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics will review and approve all Shipping QA procedures and revisions for preparation and shipment of Type B quantities of reactor spent fuel and fissile material.Controlled copies of approved Shipping QA procedures will be made available to persons responsible for using those documents.
by 10 CFR 71 will be released for shipping only after they have satisfactorily  
In their assigned area, it is the responsibility of each QA Shipping Supervisor:
met the requirements  
to ensure the accuracy of all Shipping QA documents; to ensure that all personnel performing QA work are adequately trained and qualified to perform this work; and to ensure that all personnel performing QA work are aware of any revisions to the procedures.
of the MURR Shipping QA Program.11. QUALITY ASSURANCE I. Organization
It is the responsibility of each Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure this training is completed and documented.
The Associate  
: 6. Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, and Services It is the responsibility of the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that purchased material, equipment, and services, whether purchased directly or through contractors, conform to the procurement documents.
Director of the MURR Regulatory  
Source surveillance, audits of records, inspection and examination of products on delivery shall be performed as appropriate to ensure that the design and fabrication of Type B packaging was performed under the control of NRC-approved QA programs.The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that Type B packaging received at MURR is accompanied by appropriate documentation as identified in the purchase order. All documents that are referenced in the certificate of compliance, relate to the use and maintenance of the packaging, and identify necessary actions to be taken prior to the delivery of licensed material to a carrier for transport shall be present.Contractors and suppliers are selected on the basis of references, past performance to MURR, reputation and other investigation.
Assurance  
Appropriate credentials, and licenses if required by law, code or regulation, will be furnished and retained on file. No deviations from procurement documents are allowed without written request by the vendor and approval by the Associate Director of the MURR Regulatory Assurance Group (RAG) or his designated representative.
Group (RAG) is responsible  
Page 7 of II
for the Shipping QA Program and shall assure the program complies with 10 CFR 71, Packaging  
: 7. Identification and Control of Materials, Parts, and Components The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that materials, parts, and components used for repair of Type B packaging are adequately identified and controlled to prevent use of incorrect or defective items. When replacement of limited-life items is specified, the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that no materials, parts and components are used whose shelf life or operation times have expired.8. Control of Special Processes The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that all major repairs or inspections of Type B packaging requiring special processes such as welding or nondestructive testing be performed in accordance with the following criteria:
and Transportation  
all procedures, equipment, and personnel are qualified in accordance with applicable codes, standards, and specifications; the operations are performed by qualified personnel and accomplished in accordance with written process sheets with recorded evidence of verification; and qualification records of procedures, equipment, and personnel are established, filed, and kept current.9. Inspection Control The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor or Shipping QA Inspector will perform a visual inspection of all Type B packaging upon receipt at MURR to ensure compliance with procurement documents.
of Radioactive  
These visual inspections should include inspection of surface conditions; weld and structural integrity; the condition of flange faces or sealing areas, gaskets, seals, gauges, rupture disks, valves and pressure relief devices; the condition of tie-down members; labeling and marking; and leaktightness of the packaging.
Material.  
Any Type B packaging that does not comply with the procurement specifications or fails the visual QA inspection will be in noncompliance and immediately reported to the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor and the Associate Director (RAG).Procedures shall ensure adequate maintenance of Type B packaging.
The Associate  
They shall identify the items to be maintained, criteria for acceptability or replacement, and the frequencies of inspection assigned to each item.Page 8 of I 1 The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall establish checklists to ensure that inspections are performed to verify that the following items have been complied with prior to each use: 1. Type B packages are properly assembled.
Director (RAG) will have the following  
: 2. Valves are set to specifications.
minimum qualifications:
: 3. All shipping papers are properly completed.
Bachelors  
: 4. Type B packages are conspicuously and durably marked as required by DOT regulations.
degree in Engineering  
: 5. Authorized individuals shall sign the shipping paperwork prior to release for shipment.Procedural steps which require an independent QA inspection will be completed by a Shipping QA Inspector or a Shipping QA Supervisor who is not performing the activity being inspected.
or related field; Certified  
: 10. Control of Measuring and Test Equipment The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that measurement and test equipment (gauges, fixtures, reference standards, and devices used to measure product characteristics of Type B packages)will be calibrated, adjusted and maintained at established intervals.
Health Physicist (CHP); five years experience
Measurement and test equipment should be labeled or tagged to indicate the planned date of its next calibration, and the calibration records should be identified and traceable.
with reactors;  
Calibration shall be traceable to nationally recognized standards; or, where nationally recognized standards do not exist, provisions shall be established to document the basis for calibration.
and general knowledge  
Measurement and test equipment that fail calibration will be removed from service, and tagged as out of calibration equipment until repaired or replaced.11. Handling, Storage and Shipping The handling, storage, and shipping of Type B packaging will be controlled to assure safety, minimize degradation, damage and/or loss.Page 9 of 11
of all aspects of research reactor operation.
: 12. Inspection, Test, and Operating Status A tag, label, marking, a log entry or other documentation will indicate the status of Type B shipping containers.
The Associate  
The records will indicate when periodic surveillance tests have been performed.
Director (RAG) shall designate  
No deviation from required inspection, test or other critical operations are authorized without the approval of the Associate Director (RAG).13. Non-Conforming Materials, Parts, and Components The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that nonconforming items for completed packaging, replacement parts or components shall include the following principal elements: (1) proper identification, (2) segregation of discrepant or nonconforming items, (3) disposition of the items of nonconformance, and (4) evaluation of the items of nonconformance.
individuals, in writing, as Shipping QA Supervisors  
All items or components found to be in noncomformance by procedure, inspection, testing or operations is to be immediately reported to the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor.
who have the responsibility  
Nonconforming items will be quarantined or placed in a controlled hold area until disposition is completed.
to ensure that all work in their assigned area complies with 10 CFR 71, Subpart H-Quality Assurance.  
After designated repair, the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that the acceptance of nonconforming items is verified by re-inspection or re-test against the original specifications.
The Associate  
Final disposition of nonconformances shall be identified and documented.
Director (RAG) shall designate  
Nonconformance reports should be analyzed by QA personnel to determine quality trends for appropriate management review and assessment.
in writing Shipping QA Inspectors, who have the responsibility  
: 14. Corrective Action For activities important to safety concerning use, maintenance and repair of Type B packages, the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that conditions adverse to quality (e.g., those resulting from failures, malfunctions, deficiencies, deviations and defective material and equipment) are promptly identified and reported to appropriate levels of management.
to ensure that all requirements  
In the case of a significant condition adverse to quality, a root cause of the condition will be determined and corrective actions taken to preclude recurrence.
of Shipping QA procedures  
Page 10 of I1
have been performed  
: 15. Quality Assurance Records The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure the maintenance of QA records that are to be retained for the lifetime of packaging.
and verified.  
These records include appropriate design and production-related records that are generated throughout manufacturing and furnished with packaging; records demonstrating evidence of operational capability; records verifying repair, rework and replacement; and audit plans, audit reports, corrective actions and records that are used as a baseline for maintenance.
The Shipping QA Supervisor  
Records showing evidence of delivery of packages to a carrier and proof that all NRC and DOT requirements have been satisfied should also be retained with their retention times identified.
and Shipping QA Inspector  
The Associate Director (RAG) is responsible for the prompt replacement of a record that is lost or damaged and for assessing and controlling records in MURR's possession.
positions  
QA records shall be maintained in storage locations that minimize the risk of damage.16. Audits The Associate Director (RAG) shall ensure that audits are performed in accordance with pre-established written procedures or checklists and are conducted by qualified personnel not having direct responsibility in the areas being audited. The audit shall verify compliance with all aspects of the Quality Assurance program and determine the effectiveness of the program.The procedures or checklists shall list activities to be audited and the frequency at which each activity is to be audited. The frequency of audits should be based on the importance of the activity to safety;however, each activity should be audited at least once each year.It is the responsibility of the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that corrective actions resulting from audits are completed and documented on a timely basis. Deficient areas shall be re-audited on a timely basis to verify implementation of corrective action.Page 1l of 11 OA PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES Associate Director of the MURR Regulatory Assurance Group (RAG): The Associate Director (RAG) is responsible for the development and implementation of the MURR Shipping Quality Assurance Program.Health Physics Manajzer: The Health Physics Manager shall annually review and approve the procedures for preparation of radioactive materials for shipping and the shipping of by-product material.
may be collateral  
Also designated as an alternate Shipping QA Supervisor for Radioactive Materials/Shipping, Hot Cell Operations and Hazardous Waste Coordinator.
duties of the designated  
Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics:
staff members.Page 3 of 11  
The Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics is responsible for Type B shipments of reactor spent fuel and/or fissile material.
All Shipping QA Supervisors, Inspectors, and Performers  
Also shall annually review and approve all procedures for preparation and shipment of Type B radioactive materials of reactor spent fuel and/or fissile material.Manager, Radioactive Materials/Shipping:
have the authority  
The Manager, Radioactive Materials/Shipping is responsible for all Type B shipments except for shipments of reactor spent fuel, fissile material and radioactive waste.Hot Cell Operations The Supervisor, Hot Cell Operations, is responsible for the packaging of Type B radioactive by-product materials and their preparation for shipment.Hazardous Waste Coordinator:
to stop unsatisfactory  
The Hazardous Waste Coordinator/Health Physicist is responsible for Type B shipments of radioactive waste.Assistant Reactor Manager-Engineering:
work in order to comply with federal regulations  
The Assistant Reactor Manager-Engineering is designated as an alternate Shipping QA Supervisor for spent fuel and/or fissile material shipments.
and MURR Shipping QA procedures.  
If a difference  
in opinion or a safety concern occurs between a Shipping QA Inspector  
and other Shipping QA personnel concerning  
compliance  
with the Shipping QA Program, the work evolution  
involved shall be stopped and put in a safe condition.  
The Shipping QA Inspector  
shall show the individual(s)  
the basis for the requirement.  
If the difference  
of opinion still exists, the appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
shall resolve the difference  
after consultation  
with the Associate  
Director (RAG).MURR has divided the Shipping QA Program into four responsible  
groups: Hot Cell Operations, Radioactive  
Materials/Shipping, Reactor Operations  
and Hazardous  
Waste/Health  
Physics. Each group has a Shipping QA Supervisor  
to ensure that work in their assigned area meets the requirements  
of the MURR Shipping QA Program.The Supervisor, Hot Cell Operations, is responsible  
for the packaging  
of Type B radioactive  
by-product
materials  
and their preparation  
for shipment.  
The Supervisor, Hot Cell Operations  
is designated  
as a Shipping QA Supervisor.  
The Health Physics Manager is designated  
as an alternate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
for Hot Cell Operations.
The Manager, Radioactive  
Materials/Shipping  
is responsible  
for all Type B shipments  
except for shipments  
of reactor spent fuel, fissile material and radioactive  
waste. The primary responsibility  
of the Manager, Radioactive  
Materials/Shipping  
is the safe transportation  
of Type B quantities  
of by-product
radioactive  
materials.  
The Manager, Radioactive  
Materials/Shipping  
is designated  
as a Shipping QA Supervisor.  
The Health Physics Manager is designated  
as an alternate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
for Radioactive  
Materials/Shipping.
The Assistant  
Reactor Manager-Physics  
is responsible  
for Type B shipments  
of reactor spent fuel and/or fissile material.  
The primary responsibility  
of the Assistant  
Reactor Manager-Physics  
is the safe shipment of reactor spent fuel. The Assistant  
Reactor Manager-Physics  
is designated  
as a Shipping QA Supervisor.
The Assistant  
Reactor Manager-Engineering  
is designated  
as an alternate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
for spent fuel and/or fissile material shipments.
Page 4 of 11  
The Hazardous  
Waste Coordinator/Health  
Physicist  
is responsible  
for Type B shipments  
of radioactive
waste. The main responsibility  
of the Hazardous  
Waste Coordinator/Health  
Physicist  
is the safe shipment of radioactive  
waste. The Hazardous  
Waste Coordinator/Health  
Physicist  
is designated  
as a Shipping QA Supervisor.  
The Health Physics Manager is designated  
as an alternate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
for the Hazardous  
Waste Coordinator/Health  
Physicist.
Per MURR Technical  
Specification  
6.1, the Health Physics Manager shall annually review and approve the procedures  
for preparation  
of radioactive  
materials  
for shipping and the shipping of by-product
material.  
The Assistant  
Reactor Manager-Physics  
shall annually review and approve all procedures  
for preparation  
and shipment of Type B radioactive  
materials  
of reactor spent fuel and/or fissile material.2. Quality Assurance  
Program The MURR Shipping QA Program establishes  
requirements  
applicable  
to procurement, use, maintenance, and repair of packaging  
used in transport  
of licensed material in excess of a Type A quantity.  
Where appropriate, procedures  
will be in place to ensure the implementation  
of the MURR Shipping QA Program requirements.  
Any action or procedure  
that could significantly  
affect the ability of any structure, system, or component  
to perform safely and as specified, falls within the scope of the MURR Shipping Quality Assurance  
Program.The Shipping QA Program will be applied in a graded approach to an extent consistent  
with the importance  
to safety. Because MURR does not design or manufacture  
Type B shipping casks, the regulations  
in 10 CFR 71, Subpart D-Application  
for Package Approval, Subpart E-Package  
Approval Standards  
and Subpart F-Package, Special Forms, and LSA-II1 Tests are not applicable  
to the MURR Shipping QA Program.Prior to use and shipment of Type B shipping packages, it is the responsibility  
of the appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
to ensure that MURR is registered  
with the NRC as an authorized  
user of the package and the shipment shall be made in accordance  
with the conditions  
of the NRC Certificate  
of Compliance.
For international  
shipments  
of Type B packaging, it is the responsibility  
of the appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
to ensure that MURR is registered  
with the U. S. Certificate  
of Competent  
Authority  
as an authorized  
user of the package and the shipment shall be made in accordance  
with the conditions  
of the U. S. Certificate  
of Competent  
Authority.
Page 5 of 11  
All Shipping QA Supervisors  
and Shipping QA Inspectors  
will have their training and experience
documented  
by completion  
of the appropriate  
training records. In their assigned areas, each Shipping QA Supervisor  
shall ensure that all personnel  
who perform work in accordance  
with their Shipping QA procedures  
are adequately  
trained and qualified  
to perform this work.3. Procurement  
Document Control Prior to the purchase of Type B shipping packages, it is the responsibility  
of the appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
to ensure that the manufacturer  
of the packaging  
supplies all appropriate  
certifications
verifying  
the designated  
packaging (model and serial number) was manufactured  
under the control of an NRC-approved  
QA program, identifies  
the type of verification  
activities  
required during use and maintenance, and designates  
other pertinent  
documentation  
to be furnished  
with the packaging (certificate
of compliance, as-built drawings, use and maintenance  
manuals, photographs).
Prior to the purchase of replacement  
parts for Type B shipping casks, all parts important  
to safety will be reviewed by the appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
to ensure that all technical  
and QA requirements  
are included in purchase orders. When applicable, purchase orders shall be placed with suppliers/manufacturers  
previously  
qualified  
during fabrication  
of the packaging.  
For the purchase of replacement  
parts from suppliers/manufacturers  
not previously  
identified  
as qualified  
sources, it is the responsibility  
of the appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
to ensure that the replacement  
parts meet requirements  
at least as stringent  
as the original criteria.4. Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings Administratively  
controlled  
procedures  
shall be established  
for the use, maintenance, repair and preparation  
for transport  
of all Type B packaging.
5. Document Control Control will be exercised  
for Shipping QA documents.  
Shipping QA documents  
consist of procedures, manuals, audits, instructions, specifications, training records, and drawings used in the procurement, use, maintenance, and repair of Type B shipping casks.Page 6 of 11  
Prior to use, the Health Physics Manager will review and approve all Shipping QA procedures  
and revisions  
for the preparation  
and shipment of Type B quantities  
of by-product  
material.  
Prior to use, the Assistant  
Reactor Manager-Physics  
will review and approve all Shipping QA procedures  
and revisions for preparation  
and shipment of Type B quantities  
of reactor spent fuel and fissile material.Controlled  
copies of approved Shipping QA procedures  
will be made available  
to persons responsible  
for using those documents.
In their assigned area, it is the responsibility  
of each QA Shipping Supervisor:  
to ensure the accuracy of all Shipping QA documents;  
to ensure that all personnel  
performing  
QA work are adequately  
trained and qualified  
to perform this work; and to ensure that all personnel  
performing  
QA work are aware of any revisions  
to the procedures.  
It is the responsibility  
of each Shipping QA Supervisor  
to ensure this training is completed  
and documented.
6. Control of Purchased  
Material, Equipment, and Services It is the responsibility  
of the appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
to ensure that purchased  
material, equipment, and services, whether purchased  
directly or through contractors, conform to the procurement
documents.  
Source surveillance, audits of records, inspection  
and examination  
of products on delivery shall be performed  
as appropriate  
to ensure that the design and fabrication  
of Type B packaging  
was performed  
under the control of NRC-approved  
QA programs.The appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
shall ensure that Type B packaging  
received at MURR is accompanied  
by appropriate  
documentation  
as identified  
in the purchase order. All documents  
that are referenced  
in the certificate  
of compliance, relate to the use and maintenance  
of the packaging, and identify necessary  
actions to be taken prior to the delivery of licensed material to a carrier for transport shall be present.Contractors  
and suppliers  
are selected on the basis of references, past performance  
to MURR, reputation
and other investigation.  
Appropriate  
credentials, and licenses if required by law, code or regulation, will be furnished  
and retained on file. No deviations  
from procurement  
documents  
are allowed without written request by the vendor and approval by the Associate  
Director of the MURR Regulatory  
Assurance Group (RAG) or his designated  
representative.
Page 7 of II  
7. Identification  
and Control of Materials, Parts, and Components
The appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
shall ensure that materials, parts, and components  
used for repair of Type B packaging  
are adequately  
identified  
and controlled  
to prevent use of incorrect  
or defective  
items. When replacement  
of limited-life  
items is specified, the appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
shall ensure that no materials, parts and components  
are used whose shelf life or operation times have expired.8. Control of Special Processes The appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
shall ensure that all major repairs or inspections  
of Type B packaging  
requiring  
special processes  
such as welding or nondestructive  
testing be performed  
in accordance  
with the following  
criteria:  
all procedures, equipment, and personnel  
are qualified  
in accordance  
with applicable  
codes, standards, and specifications;  
the operations  
are performed  
by qualified personnel  
and accomplished  
in accordance  
with written process sheets with recorded evidence of verification;  
and qualification  
records of procedures, equipment, and personnel  
are established, filed, and kept current.9. Inspection  
Control The appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
or Shipping QA Inspector  
will perform a visual inspection  
of all Type B packaging  
upon receipt at MURR to ensure compliance  
with procurement  
documents.  
These visual inspections  
should include inspection  
of surface conditions;  
weld and structural  
integrity;  
the condition  
of flange faces or sealing areas, gaskets, seals, gauges, rupture disks, valves and pressure relief devices; the condition  
of tie-down members; labeling and marking; and leaktightness  
of the packaging.
Any Type B packaging  
that does not comply with the procurement  
specifications  
or fails the visual QA inspection  
will be in noncompliance  
and immediately  
reported to the appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor
and the Associate  
Director (RAG).Procedures  
shall ensure adequate maintenance  
of Type B packaging.  
They shall identify the items to be maintained, criteria for acceptability  
or replacement, and the frequencies  
of inspection  
assigned to each item.Page 8 of I 1  
The appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
shall establish  
checklists  
to ensure that inspections  
are performed  
to verify that the following  
items have been complied with prior to each use: 1. Type B packages are properly assembled.
2. Valves are set to specifications.
3. All shipping papers are properly completed.
4. Type B packages are conspicuously  
and durably marked as required by DOT regulations.
5. Authorized  
individuals  
shall sign the shipping paperwork  
prior to release for shipment.Procedural  
steps which require an independent  
QA inspection  
will be completed  
by a Shipping QA Inspector  
or a Shipping QA Supervisor  
who is not performing  
the activity being inspected.
10. Control of Measuring  
and Test Equipment The appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
shall ensure that measurement  
and test equipment (gauges, fixtures, reference  
standards, and devices used to measure product characteristics  
of Type B packages)will be calibrated, adjusted and maintained  
at established  
intervals.  
Measurement  
and test equipment should be labeled or tagged to indicate the planned date of its next calibration, and the calibration  
records should be identified  
and traceable.  
Calibration  
shall be traceable  
to nationally  
recognized  
standards;  
or, where nationally  
recognized  
standards  
do not exist, provisions  
shall be established  
to document the basis for calibration.
Measurement  
and test equipment  
that fail calibration  
will be removed from service, and tagged as out of calibration  
equipment  
until repaired or replaced.11. Handling, Storage and Shipping The handling, storage, and shipping of Type B packaging  
will be controlled  
to assure safety, minimize degradation, damage and/or loss.Page 9 of 11  
12. Inspection, Test, and Operating  
Status A tag, label, marking, a log entry or other documentation  
will indicate the status of Type B shipping containers.  
The records will indicate when periodic surveillance  
tests have been performed.  
No deviation from required inspection, test or other critical operations  
are authorized  
without the approval of the Associate  
Director (RAG).13. Non-Conforming  
Materials, Parts, and Components
The appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
shall ensure that nonconforming  
items for completed  
packaging, replacement  
parts or components  
shall include the following  
principal  
elements: (1) proper identification, (2) segregation  
of discrepant  
or nonconforming  
items, (3) disposition  
of the items of nonconformance, and (4) evaluation  
of the items of nonconformance.
All items or components  
found to be in noncomformance  
by procedure, inspection, testing or operations
is to be immediately  
reported to the appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor.  
Nonconforming  
items will be quarantined  
or placed in a controlled  
hold area until disposition  
is completed.  
After designated  
repair, the appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
shall ensure that the acceptance  
of nonconforming  
items is verified by re-inspection  
or re-test against the original specifications.  
Final disposition  
of nonconformances  
shall be identified  
and documented.  
Nonconformance  
reports should be analyzed by QA personnel  
to determine  
quality trends for appropriate  
management  
review and assessment.
14. Corrective  
Action For activities  
important  
to safety concerning  
use, maintenance  
and repair of Type B packages, the appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
shall ensure that conditions  
adverse to quality (e.g., those resulting from failures, malfunctions, deficiencies, deviations  
and defective  
material and equipment)  
are promptly identified  
and reported to appropriate  
levels of management.  
In the case of a significant  
condition adverse to quality, a root cause of the condition  
will be determined  
and corrective  
actions taken to preclude recurrence.
Page 10 of I1  
15. Quality Assurance  
Records The appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
shall ensure the maintenance  
of QA records that are to be retained for the lifetime of packaging.  
These records include appropriate  
design and production-related
records that are generated  
throughout  
manufacturing  
and furnished  
with packaging;  
records demonstrating  
evidence of operational  
capability;  
records verifying  
repair, rework and replacement;  
and audit plans, audit reports, corrective  
actions and records that are used as a baseline for maintenance.
Records showing evidence of delivery of packages to a carrier and proof that all NRC and DOT requirements  
have been satisfied  
should also be retained with their retention  
times identified.
The Associate  
Director (RAG) is responsible  
for the prompt replacement  
of a record that is lost or damaged and for assessing  
and controlling  
records in MURR's possession.
QA records shall be maintained  
in storage locations  
that minimize the risk of damage.16. Audits The Associate  
Director (RAG) shall ensure that audits are performed  
in accordance  
with pre-established
written procedures  
or checklists  
and are conducted  
by qualified  
personnel  
not having direct responsibility
in the areas being audited. The audit shall verify compliance  
with all aspects of the Quality Assurance program and determine  
the effectiveness  
of the program.The procedures  
or checklists  
shall list activities  
to be audited and the frequency  
at which each activity is to be audited. The frequency  
of audits should be based on the importance  
of the activity to safety;however, each activity should be audited at least once each year.It is the responsibility  
of the appropriate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
to ensure that corrective  
actions resulting  
from audits are completed  
and documented  
on a timely basis. Deficient  
areas shall be re-audited
on a timely basis to verify implementation  
of corrective  
action.Page 1l of 11  
OA PERSONNEL  
RESPONSIBILITIES
Associate  
Director of the MURR Regulatory  
Assurance  
Group (RAG): The Associate  
Director (RAG) is responsible  
for the development  
and implementation  
of the MURR Shipping Quality Assurance  
Program.Health Physics Manajzer: The Health Physics Manager shall annually review and approve the procedures  
for preparation  
of radioactive  
materials  
for shipping and the shipping of by-product  
material.  
Also designated  
as an alternate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
for Radioactive  
Materials/Shipping, Hot Cell Operations  
and Hazardous  
Waste Coordinator.
Assistant  
Reactor Manager-Physics:
The Assistant  
Reactor Manager-Physics  
is responsible  
for Type B shipments  
of reactor spent fuel and/or fissile material.  
Also shall annually review and approve all procedures  
for preparation  
and shipment of Type B radioactive  
materials  
of reactor spent fuel and/or fissile material.Manager, Radioactive  
Materials/Shipping:
The Manager, Radioactive  
Materials/Shipping  
is responsible  
for all Type B shipments  
except for shipments  
of reactor spent fuel, fissile material and radioactive  
waste.Hot Cell Operations
The Supervisor, Hot Cell Operations, is responsible  
for the packaging  
of Type B radioactive  
by-product
materials  
and their preparation  
for shipment.Hazardous  
Waste Coordinator:
The Hazardous  
Waste Coordinator/Health  
Physicist  
is responsible  
for Type B shipments  
of radioactive
waste.Assistant  
Reactor Manager-Engineering:
The Assistant  
Reactor Manager-Engineering  
is designated  
as an alternate  
Shipping QA Supervisor  
for spent fuel and/or fissile material shipments.
Shipping QA Supervisors:
Shipping QA Supervisors:
Shipping QA Supervisors  
Shipping QA Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that work in their assigned area meets the requirements of the QA Program.Shipping QA Inspectors:
are responsible  
Shipping QA Inspectors shall perform the required QA inspection and have the authority to stop work not meeting the requirements of the QA Program.Page I of I Appendix A REFERENCES
for ensuring that work in their assigned area meets the requirements  
: 1. 10 CFR 71 2. Regulatory Guide 7.10 (Rev. 1), June 1986, "Establishing Quality Assurance Programs for Packaging Used in the Transport of Radioactive Material" 3. ANS -15.8 (N402) -1976, "Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Research Reactors" (Reaffirmed December 15, 1986)Page I of I Appendix B SHIPPING QA ORGANIZATION Page I of I P Appendix C AP-SH-O01 Revision 5 I MURR SHIPPING PROCEDURE AP-SH-001 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS SHIPPING MASTER COPY ISSUED FEB 1 6 2007 RESPONSIBLE GROUP: PROCEDURE OWNER: APPROVED BY: APPROVED BY: Product & Service Operations, Shipping Mike Kilfoil Ronald J. Dobey, Jr. 4 1Date Kenneth W. Brooks Z Date This procedure contains the following:
of the QA Program.Shipping QA Inspectors:
Pages Attachments Tables Figures Appendices Check-Off Lists 1 None None None None through through through through through through 10 2 AP-SH-001 Revision 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page Number 1.0 PURPO SE ............................................................................................................................
Shipping QA Inspectors  
3 2.0 SCO PE .................................................................................................................................
shall perform the required QA inspection  
3 3.0 DEFIN ITION S .....................................................................................................................
and have the authority  
to stop work not meeting the requirements  
of the QA Program.Page I of I Appendix A  
REFERENCES
1. 10 CFR 71 2. Regulatory  
Guide 7.10 (Rev. 1), June 1986, "Establishing  
Quality Assurance  
Programs for Packaging  
Used in the Transport  
of Radioactive  
Material" 3. ANS -15.8 (N402) -1976, "Quality Assurance  
Program Requirements  
for Research Reactors" (Reaffirmed  
December 15, 1986)Page I of I Appendix B  
SHIPPING QA ORGANIZATION
Page I of I P Appendix C  
AP-SH-O01 Revision 5 I MURR SHIPPING PROCEDURE AP-SH-001 ADMINISTRATIVE  
PROCEDURE RADIOACTIVE  
MATERIALS  
SHIPPING MASTER COPY ISSUED FEB 1 6 2007 RESPONSIBLE  
GROUP: PROCEDURE  
OWNER: APPROVED BY: APPROVED BY: Product & Service Operations, Shipping Mike Kilfoil Ronald J. Dobey, Jr. 4 1Date Kenneth W. Brooks Z Date This procedure  
contains the following:
Pages Attachments
Tables Figures Appendices
Check-Off  
Lists 1 None None None None through through through through through through 10 2  
AP-SH-001 Revision 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page Number 1.0 PURPO SE ............................................................................................................................  
3 2.0 SCO PE .................................................................................................................................  
3 3.0 DEFIN ITION S .....................................................................................................................  
3 4.0 RESPON SIBILITIES  
3 4.0 RESPON SIBILITIES  
....................................................................................................  
....................................................................................................
3 5.0 PROCEDURE  
3 5.0 PROCEDURE  
.....................................................................................................................  
.....................................................................................................................
7 5.1 G EN ERA L G UID ELIN ES .................................................................................  
7 5.1 G EN ERA L G UID ELIN ES .................................................................................
7 5.2 SPECIFIC DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES  
7 5.2 SPECIFIC DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES  
.............................................  
.............................................
9 6.0 REFEREN CES ..................................................................................................................  
9 6.0 REFEREN CES ..................................................................................................................
10 7.0 RE CORD S .........................................................................................................................  
10 7.0 RE CORD S .........................................................................................................................
10 8.0 ATTACHM EN TS ..............................................................................................................  
10 8.0 ATTACHM EN TS ..............................................................................................................
10 2  
10 2 AP-SH-001 Revision 5 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE  
AP-SH-001 Revision 5 ADMINISTRATIVE  
-RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS SHIPPING 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To establish the administrative guidelines necessary for the shipment of radiological isotopes, excluding shipments of fuel and waste, produced at the MURR facility.
PROCEDURE  
This procedure also defines general and technical terms and responsibilities that apply to radioactive materials shipping duties as performed by the Shipping Dept. and groups within MURR that have shipping related functions.
-RADIOACTIVE  
1.2 To provide general guidance to all persons having administrative and technical responsibilities that support or enhance the daily work activities of the shipping process.2.0 SCOPE 2.1 Ensures that shipping activities comply with all applicable Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and the International Air Transport Association (IA TA)Dangerous Goods Regulations.
MATERIALS  
2.2 Establishes management's expectations regarding shipping activities of radioactive materials.
SHIPPING 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To establish  
2.3 Ensures that Shipping Technicians can accurately interpret and correctly apply specific duties and responsibilities to procedural requirements.
the administrative  
3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Refer to List of Definitions (Attachment 8.2) for a list of key words, terms or phrases that have a particular meaning to the shipping group.4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Reactor Manager: 4.1.1 Provides 24-hour emergency response information concerning radioactive material shipments from MURR.4.1.2 Notifies the Radioactive Materials/Shipping Manager or designee of all incidents.
guidelines  
3 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES (CONT.)4.2 Health Physics Manager: 4.2.1 Maintains the Radiation Protection Program.4.2.2 Provides administrative, technical and operational support to the Shipping Department.
necessary  
4.2.3 Maintains the Radiation Safety Program in support of the multi-faceted research, service and educational programs conducted at MURR.4.2.4 Ensures that radiological survey and monitoring equipment and the required I documentation used in the MURR Type B Quality Assurance Program are maintained in accordance with facility programs and procedures.
for the shipment of radiological  
4.2.5 Reviews existing procedures and programs for their effectiveness and revise as necessary.
isotopes, excluding  
4.3 Radioactive Materials/Shipping Manager: 4.3.1 Maintains the equipment, procedures and required documentation used in the MURR Shipping Quality Assurance Program for Type B Shipping Casks.4.3.2 Ensures all shipments of radioactive material, excluding shipments of fuel and waste, conform to applicable regulations of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, MURR Shipping Quality Assurance Program for Type B Shipping Casks and IA TA.4.3.3 Provides properly certified packages for shipment of radioactive materials.
shipments  
4.3.4 Provides administrative, technical and operational support to personnel assigned to the Shipping Group.4.3.5 Coordinates or specifies a training program to ensure that the hazmat employee has familiarity with the regulations governing the shipment of hazardous materials.
of fuel and waste, produced at the MURR facility.  
This program includes: " The ability to recognize and identify the Hazardous Materials shipped from MURR* Knowledge of applicable requirements
This procedure  
* Knowledge of Emergency Response Information
also defines general and technical  
* Self-protection measures* Accident prevention methods and procedures 4
terms and responsibilities  
AP-SH-00 I Revision 5 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES (CONT.)4.3.6 Supervises Shipping Technicians shipping activities.
that apply to radioactive  
4.3.7 Ensures assigned personnel are qualified to perform the duties of a Shipping Technician including but not limited to the following: " Identify initial training and recurrent training needs* Schedule and implement required training" Maintain documentation of completed training 4.3.8 Ensures all radionuclides are reported to the 9 5 th percentile in accordance with 49 CFR 173.433(g)  
materials  
-Shipping Papers And Labeling, at the time of shipment for ground shipments only.4.3.9 Maintains an expertise in domestic and international regulations governing the shipping process.4.3.10 Provides emergency response information concerning radioactive material shipments from MURR.4.4 Shipping Technician:
shipping duties as performed by the Shipping Dept. and groups within MURR that have shipping related functions.
4.4.1 Has multiple responsibilities for control of samples throughout the shipping process until finally released to the courier.4.4.2 Reports all radionuclides to the 9 5 th percentile in accordance with 49 CFR 173.4 33(g) at the time of the shipment for ground shipments only.4.4.3 Performs the duties of a Shipping Technician (Shipper).
1.2 To provide general guidance to all persons having administrative  
This includes but is not limited to the following tasks:* Handling radioactive materials* Pre-assembling shipping containers
and technical responsibilities  
* Preparing shipping documents and associated shipping labels* Properly packaging radioactive material for shipment 4.4.4 Ensures that radioactive material is shipped in accordance with approved procedures.
that support or enhance the daily work activities  
4.4.5 Ensures properly certified packages are used for shipment of radioactive material.5 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES (CONT.)4.4.6 Performs work activities in accordance with approved procedures or as directed by Supervision.
of the shipping process.2.0 SCOPE 2.1 Ensures that shipping activities  
4.4.7 Reviews existing procedures and programs for their effectiveness and revise as necessary.
comply with all applicable  
4.4.8 NOTIFIES Supervisor of any problem or condition that could affect the safety of the facility, public or environment.
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and the International  
4.5 Irradiations Group: 4.5.1 Approves shipping activities for all non secondary processed samples.4.5.2 Provides sample and consignee information, including isotope information required to be reported on the shipping paperwork for non-secondary processed samples.4.5.3 Calculates all radionuclides to the 9 5 th percentile in accordance with 49 CFR 173.433(g) at the time of the shipment for non-secondary processed samples.4.6 Secondary Processing Groups: (Analytical Chemistry, Research & Development Radioisotopes, etc.)4.6.1 Approves all shipping activities for samples originating in their departments.
Air Transport  
4.7 Associate Director, Product and Service Operations (PSO): 4.7.1 Provides technical and administrative support to the Shipping Group as required.4.7.2 Ensures that information which is required for reporting on shipping paperwork is provided to the Shipping Technicians.
Association (IA TA)Dangerous  
4.8 Associate Director, Regulatory Assurance Group (RAG): 4.8.1 Maintains the MURR Shipping Quality Assurance Program for Type B Shipping Casks, Approval No. 0108.6 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES 5.1.1 All persons participating in the shipping process of irradiated samples shall: a. Meet the qualifications of a Shipping Technician.
Goods Regulations.
: b. Maintain personnel exposures "As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable (ALARA)." Under normal conditions of work, exposures must not exceed levels specified in 10 CFR 20 -Standards For Protection Against Radiation (Reference 6.1).c. Have familiarity with the regulations governing the shipment of hazardous materials.
2.2 Establishes  
For the Shipping Group this will include: the ability to recognize and identify Hazardous Materials shipped from MURR* knowledge of specific requirements applicable to functions performed by the Shipping Technician
management's  
* knowledge of Emergency Response Information
expectations  
* self-protection measures* accident prevention methods and procedures 5.1.2 Consignees of MURR shipments of radioactive materials must be authorized to receive the type, form, and quantity of such material in accordance with provisions of 10 CFR 31 -General Domestic Licenses For Byproduct Material (Reference 6.1).5.1.3 A package of radioactive material shall not be transported unless it is properly described, classed, marked, packaged and labeled in accordance with 49 CFR 173 -Shippers, General Requirements For Shipments And Packaging or the IATA Manual.a. If the radioactive material exceeds any of the applicable limits of 10 CFR -Energy, 49 CFR -Transportation, or IATA Manual, then the Radioactive Materials  
regarding  
/Shipping Manager or designee must be immediately notified.b. Radioactive material cannot leave MURR until applicable limits of 10 CFR -Energy and 49 CFR -Transportation or IA TA Manual have been meet.7 AP-SH-00 I Revision 5 5.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)5.1.4 The University of Missouri Research Reactor must use an approved Department of Transportation (DOT) carrier for transport of hazardous material requiring placarding in accordance with 49 CFR, Subpart A.5.1.5 All beta-gamma dose rate survey, contamination counting or gamma radioisotope instrumentation used during the preparation and shipping process must have a current calibration sticker attached to the survey equipment or have verification that the instrument is calibrated.
shipping activities  
5.1.6 Each container or cask used in the shipment of radioactive materials shall conform to the appropriate regulations and specifications.
of radioactive  
5.1.7 Non-fixed contamination on any external surface of any package shall be kept ALARA and under normal conditions of transport and must not exceed levels specified in:* 49 CFR 173.441 -Radiation Level Limits* 49 CFR 173.443 -Contamination Control* Applicable 1ATA Regulations 5.1.8 Radioactive materials having other hazardous characteristics shall be allocated Packing Groups I, II and III, as appropriate by application of the grouping criteria in accordance with:* 49 CFR 172.202 -Description Of Hazardous Material On Shipping Papers 0 IATA, Dangerous Goods Regulations 5.1.9 The Performer of a shipping process and Inspector must not be the same individual.
materials.
The Inspector must also be qualified to perform the assigned task.5.1.10 The Primary Hazard Label is used to identify the governing hazard for a package. Radioactivity is usually the governing hazard for packages shipped by MURR.8 AP-SH-001 Revision 5 5.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)5.1.11 Radioactive material shall be labeled in accordance with the following categories (Reference 49 CFR 172.403 -Class 7 Radioactive Material or IATA, Dangerous Goods Regulations):
2.3 Ensures that Shipping Technicians  
: a. White I: The maximum radiation level at any point on the external surface is 0.5 mrem/hr. The Transport Index (TI) is zero.b. Yellow II: The maximum radiation level on any point on the external surface is more than 0.5 mrem/hr but not more than 50 mrem/hr. The TI is more than zero (0) but not more than one (1).c. Yellow III: The maximum radiation level at any point on the external surface is more than 50 mrem/hr, but not more than 200 mrem/hr. The TI is more than I but not more than 10.d. Packages with contact dose rates greater than 200 mrem/hr or with a TI greater than 10, shall be shipped as an Exclusive Use Shipment.NOTE: The following specific duties and responsibilities help to establish management's expectations regarding preparation of radioactive materials for use within MURR labs or shipment from MURR.5.2 SPECIFIC DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 5.2.1 All personnel who are directly or indirectly involved in the shipping process must:* maintain a safe work place at all times* employ the concepts of time, distance and shielding to keep radiation exposure ALARA* identify and correct procedural problems that could adversely affect the preparation of radioactive materials for shipment from the MURR facility 9 AP-SH-001 Revision 5  
can accurately  
 
interpret  
==6.0 REFERENCES==
and correctly  
 
apply specific duties and responsibilities  
6.1 10 CFR, Energy* 10 CFR 20 -Standards For Protection Against Radiation* 10 CFR 31 -General Domestic Licenses For Byproduct Material* 10 CFR 71 -Packaging and Transportation of Radioactive Material 6.2 International Air Transport Association (IA TA) Dangerous Goods Regulations 6.3 49 CFR, Transportation 7.0 RECORDS None 8.0 ATTACHMENTS 8.1 Typical Shipping Flow Chart 8.2 List of Definitions 10 AP-SH-001 Revision 5 TYPICAL SHIPPING FLOW CHART The above flow chart is a simplified explanation of the shipping preparation process. Specific shipping tasks are detailed in appropriate procedures.
to procedural  
Page I of I Attachment 8.1 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 LIST OF DEFINITIONS The following is a list of key words, terms or phrases that have a particular meaning to the Shipping Group.A table of A 1 and A 2 values for radionuclides can be found in 49 CFR and the IATA Regulations.
requirements.
: 1. Activity:
3.0 DEFINITIONS
3.1 Refer to List of Definitions (Attachment  
8.2) for a list of key words, terms or phrases that have a particular  
meaning to the shipping group.4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1 Reactor Manager: 4.1.1 Provides 24-hour emergency  
response information  
concerning  
radioactive
material shipments  
from MURR.4.1.2 Notifies the Radioactive  
Materials/Shipping  
Manager or designee of all incidents.
3  
AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES (CONT.)4.2 Health Physics Manager: 4.2.1 Maintains  
the Radiation  
Protection  
Program.4.2.2 Provides administrative, technical  
and operational  
support to the Shipping Department.
4.2.3 Maintains  
the Radiation  
Safety Program in support of the multi-faceted
research, service and educational  
programs conducted  
at MURR.4.2.4 Ensures that radiological  
survey and monitoring  
equipment  
and the required I documentation  
used in the MURR Type B Quality Assurance  
Program are maintained  
in accordance  
with facility programs and procedures.
4.2.5 Reviews existing procedures  
and programs for their effectiveness  
and revise as necessary.
4.3 Radioactive  
Materials/Shipping  
Manager: 4.3.1 Maintains  
the equipment, procedures  
and required documentation  
used in the MURR Shipping Quality Assurance  
Program for Type B Shipping Casks.4.3.2 Ensures all shipments  
of radioactive  
material, excluding  
shipments  
of fuel and waste, conform to applicable  
regulations  
of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, MURR Shipping Quality Assurance  
Program for Type B Shipping Casks and IA TA.4.3.3 Provides properly certified  
packages for shipment of radioactive
materials.
4.3.4 Provides administrative, technical  
and operational  
support to personnel assigned to the Shipping Group.4.3.5 Coordinates  
or specifies  
a training program to ensure that the hazmat employee has familiarity  
with the regulations  
governing  
the shipment of hazardous  
materials.  
This program includes: " The ability to recognize  
and identify the Hazardous  
Materials  
shipped from MURR* Knowledge  
of applicable  
requirements
* Knowledge  
of Emergency  
Response Information
* Self-protection  
measures* Accident prevention  
methods and procedures
4  
AP-SH-00 I Revision 5 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES (CONT.)4.3.6 Supervises  
Shipping Technicians  
shipping activities.
4.3.7 Ensures assigned personnel  
are qualified  
to perform the duties of a Shipping Technician  
including  
but not limited to the following: " Identify initial training and recurrent  
training needs* Schedule and implement  
required training" Maintain documentation  
of completed  
training 4.3.8 Ensures all radionuclides  
are reported to the 9 5 th percentile  
in accordance
with 49 CFR 173.433(g)  
-Shipping Papers And Labeling, at the time of shipment for ground shipments  
only.4.3.9 Maintains  
an expertise  
in domestic and international  
regulations  
governing the shipping process.4.3.10 Provides emergency  
response information  
concerning  
radioactive  
material shipments  
from MURR.4.4 Shipping Technician:
4.4.1 Has multiple responsibilities  
for control of samples throughout  
the shipping process until finally released to the courier.4.4.2 Reports all radionuclides  
to the 9 5 th percentile  
in accordance  
with 49 CFR 173.4 33(g) at the time of the shipment for ground shipments  
only.4.4.3 Performs the duties of a Shipping Technician (Shipper).  
This includes but is not limited to the following  
tasks:* Handling radioactive  
materials* Pre-assembling  
shipping containers
* Preparing  
shipping documents  
and associated  
shipping labels* Properly packaging  
radioactive  
material for shipment 4.4.4 Ensures that radioactive  
material is shipped in accordance  
with approved procedures.
4.4.5 Ensures properly certified  
packages are used for shipment of radioactive
material.5  
AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES (CONT.)4.4.6 Performs work activities  
in accordance  
with approved procedures  
or as directed by Supervision.
4.4.7 Reviews existing procedures  
and programs for their effectiveness  
and revise as necessary.
4.4.8 NOTIFIES Supervisor  
of any problem or condition  
that could affect the safety of the facility, public or environment.
4.5 Irradiations  
Group: 4.5.1 Approves shipping activities  
for all non secondary  
processed  
samples.4.5.2 Provides sample and consignee  
information, including  
isotope information
required to be reported on the shipping paperwork  
for non-secondary
processed  
samples.4.5.3 Calculates  
all radionuclides  
to the 9 5 th percentile  
in accordance  
with 49 CFR 173.433(g)  
at the time of the shipment for non-secondary
processed  
samples.4.6 Secondary  
Processing  
Groups: (Analytical  
Chemistry, Research & Development  
Radioisotopes, etc.)4.6.1 Approves all shipping activities  
for samples originating  
in their departments.
4.7 Associate  
Director, Product and Service Operations (PSO): 4.7.1 Provides technical  
and administrative  
support to the Shipping Group as required.4.7.2 Ensures that information  
which is required for reporting  
on shipping paperwork  
is provided to the Shipping Technicians.
4.8 Associate  
Director, Regulatory  
Assurance  
Group (RAG): 4.8.1 Maintains  
the MURR Shipping Quality Assurance  
Program for Type B Shipping Casks, Approval No. 0108.6  
AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES
5.1.1 All persons participating  
in the shipping process of irradiated  
samples shall: a. Meet the qualifications  
of a Shipping Technician.
b. Maintain personnel  
exposures "As Low As Is Reasonably
Achievable (ALARA)." Under normal conditions  
of work, exposures  
must not exceed levels specified  
in 10 CFR 20 -Standards For Protection  
Against Radiation (Reference  
6.1).c. Have familiarity  
with the regulations  
governing  
the shipment of hazardous  
materials.  
For the Shipping Group this will include: the ability to recognize  
and identify Hazardous  
Materials shipped from MURR* knowledge  
of specific requirements  
applicable  
to functions performed  
by the Shipping Technician
* knowledge  
of Emergency  
Response Information
* self-protection  
measures* accident prevention  
methods and procedures
5.1.2 Consignees  
of MURR shipments  
of radioactive  
materials  
must be authorized  
to receive the type, form, and quantity of such material in accordance  
with provisions  
of 10 CFR 31 -General Domestic Licenses For Byproduct  
Material (Reference  
6.1).5.1.3 A package of radioactive  
material shall not be transported  
unless it is properly described, classed, marked, packaged and labeled in accordance
with 49 CFR 173 -Shippers, General Requirements  
For Shipments  
And Packaging  
or the IATA Manual.a. If the radioactive  
material exceeds any of the applicable  
limits of 10 CFR -Energy, 49 CFR -Transportation, or IATA Manual, then the Radioactive  
Materials  
/Shipping  
Manager or designee must be immediately  
notified.b. Radioactive  
material cannot leave MURR until applicable  
limits of 10 CFR -Energy and 49 CFR -Transportation  
or IA TA Manual have been meet.7  
AP-SH-00 I Revision 5 5.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)5.1.4 The University  
of Missouri Research Reactor must use an approved Department  
of Transportation (DOT) carrier for transport  
of hazardous material requiring  
placarding  
in accordance  
with 49 CFR, Subpart A.5.1.5 All beta-gamma  
dose rate survey, contamination  
counting or gamma radioisotope  
instrumentation  
used during the preparation  
and shipping process must have a current calibration  
sticker attached to the survey equipment  
or have verification  
that the instrument  
is calibrated.
5.1.6 Each container  
or cask used in the shipment of radioactive  
materials  
shall conform to the appropriate  
regulations  
and specifications.
5.1.7 Non-fixed  
contamination  
on any external surface of any package shall be kept ALARA and under normal conditions  
of transport  
and must not exceed levels specified  
in:* 49 CFR 173.441 -Radiation  
Level Limits* 49 CFR 173.443 -Contamination  
Control* Applicable  
1ATA Regulations
5.1.8 Radioactive  
materials  
having other hazardous  
characteristics  
shall be allocated  
Packing Groups I, II and III, as appropriate  
by application  
of the grouping criteria in accordance  
with:* 49 CFR 172.202 -Description  
Of Hazardous  
Material On Shipping Papers 0 IATA, Dangerous  
Goods Regulations
5.1.9 The Performer  
of a shipping process and Inspector  
must not be the same individual.  
The Inspector  
must also be qualified  
to perform the assigned task.5.1.10 The Primary Hazard Label is used to identify the governing  
hazard for a package. Radioactivity  
is usually the governing  
hazard for packages shipped by MURR.8  
AP-SH-001 Revision 5 5.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)5.1.11 Radioactive  
material shall be labeled in accordance  
with the following categories (Reference  
49 CFR 172.403 -Class 7 Radioactive  
Material or IATA, Dangerous  
Goods Regulations):
a. White I: The maximum radiation  
level at any point on the external surface is 0.5 mrem/hr. The Transport  
Index (TI) is zero.b. Yellow II: The maximum radiation  
level on any point on the external surface is more than 0.5 mrem/hr but not more than 50 mrem/hr. The TI is more than zero (0) but not more than one (1).c. Yellow III: The maximum radiation  
level at any point on the external surface is more than 50 mrem/hr, but not more than 200 mrem/hr. The TI is more than I but not more than 10.d. Packages with contact dose rates greater than 200 mrem/hr or with a TI greater than 10, shall be shipped as an Exclusive  
Use Shipment.NOTE: The following  
specific duties and responsibilities  
help to establish management's  
expectations  
regarding  
preparation  
of radioactive
materials  
for use within MURR labs or shipment from MURR.5.2 SPECIFIC DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
5.2.1 All personnel  
who are directly or indirectly  
involved in the shipping process must:* maintain a safe work place at all times* employ the concepts of time, distance and shielding  
to keep radiation exposure ALARA* identify and correct procedural  
problems that could adversely  
affect the preparation  
of radioactive  
materials  
for shipment from the MURR facility 9  
AP-SH-001 Revision 5 6.0 REFERENCES
6.1 10 CFR, Energy* 10 CFR 20 -Standards  
For Protection  
Against Radiation* 10 CFR 31 -General Domestic Licenses For Byproduct  
Material* 10 CFR 71 -Packaging  
and Transportation  
of Radioactive  
Material 6.2 International  
Air Transport  
Association (IA TA) Dangerous  
Goods Regulations
6.3 49 CFR, Transportation
7.0 RECORDS None 8.0 ATTACHMENTS
8.1 Typical Shipping Flow Chart 8.2 List of Definitions
10  
AP-SH-001 Revision 5 TYPICAL SHIPPING FLOW CHART The above flow chart is a simplified  
explanation  
of the shipping preparation  
process. Specific shipping tasks are detailed in appropriate  
procedures.
Page I of I Attachment  
8.1  
AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 LIST OF DEFINITIONS
The following  
is a list of key words, terms or phrases that have a particular  
meaning to the Shipping Group.A table of A 1 and A 2 values for radionuclides  
can be found in 49 CFR and the IATA Regulations.
1. Activity:  
The rate at which a material gives off radiation.
The rate at which a material gives off radiation.
* A 1 -The maximum activity of "Special Form" radioactive  
* A 1 -The maximum activity of "Special Form" radioactive material permitted in a Type A package.* A 2 -The maximum activity of "Normal Form" of radioactive material permitted in a Type A package.2. Becquerel (Bq): The SI unit of activity and is defined as one (1) atomic transformation per second. The Becquerel is such a small unit that the larger multiple units are used in shipping.The conversions are as follows:* Kilobecquerel:
material permitted  
1 KBq = 10 3* Megabecquerel:
in a Type A package.* A 2 -The maximum activity of "Normal Form" of radioactive  
1 MBq 106* Gigabecquerel:
material permitted  
1 GBq = 10 9* Terabecquerel:
in a Type A package.2. Becquerel (Bq): The SI unit of activity and is defined as one (1) atomic transformation  
1 TBq = 1012 3. Capsule: Aluminum secondary containment system for material run in the reactor region.4. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR): Regulations published by the Federal Government.
per second. The Becquerel  
The CFR contains TITLES (volumes) each of which is numbered and contains regulations pertaining to a specific subject, for example:* 10 CFR, Energy* 29 CFR, Labor* 49 CFR, Department of Transportation
is such a small unit that the larger multiple units are used in shipping.The conversions  
: 5. Concurrent Verification:
are as follows:* Kilobecquerel:  
Inspection and corroboration of performance of a step at time it is completed.
1 KBq = 10 3* Megabecquerel:  
: 6. Consignees (receivers):
1 MBq 106* Gigabecquerel:  
A company/organization authorized to receive material shipped from MURR.7. Department of Transportation (DOT): Designated United States authority on the transport of hazardous materials.
1 GBq = 10 9* Terabecquerel:  
: 8. Emergency Call List (Shipping):
1 TBq = 1012 3. Capsule: Aluminum secondary  
A list maintained in the Emergency Response Notebook of individuals to be notified in case of a transportation incident involving packages prepared and shipped from MURR.Page I of 6 Attachment 8.2 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)9. Emergency Response Notebook:
containment  
A Notebook provided to Operations by the Shipping Group that contains the following:
system for material run in the reactor region.4. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR): Regulations  
published  
by the Federal Government.
The CFR contains TITLES (volumes)  
each of which is numbered and contains regulations
pertaining  
to a specific subject, for example:* 10 CFR, Energy* 29 CFR, Labor* 49 CFR, Department  
of Transportation
5. Concurrent  
Verification:  
Inspection  
and corroboration  
of performance  
of a step at time it is completed.
6. Consignees (receivers):  
A company/organization  
authorized  
to receive material shipped from MURR.7. Department  
of Transportation (DOT): Designated  
United States authority  
on the transport  
of hazardous  
materials.
8. Emergency  
Call List (Shipping):  
A list maintained  
in the Emergency  
Response Notebook of individuals  
to be notified in case of a transportation  
incident involving  
packages prepared and shipped from MURR.Page I of 6 Attachment  
8.2  
AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)9. Emergency  
Response Notebook:  
A Notebook provided to Operations  
by the Shipping Group that contains the following:
* Copy of the shipping documentation
* Copy of the shipping documentation
* Copy of the Emergency  
* Copy of the Emergency Response Information Sheet* A current copy of the Emergency Response Guidebook* The Emergency Call List 10. Equivalent:
Response Information  
A system, component, device or material that meets the design requirements for purpose and/or function of a specified system, component, device or material.11. Excepted Packages:
Sheet* A current copy of the Emergency  
Limited quantities of radioactive materials, instruments and articles, articles containing natural uranium, natural thorium or depleted uranium, and empty radioactive materials packaging.
Response Guidebook* The Emergency  
Call List 10. Equivalent:  
A system, component, device or material that meets the design requirements  
for purpose and/or function of a specified  
system, component, device or material.11. Excepted Packages:  
Limited quantities  
of radioactive  
materials, instruments  
and articles, articles containing  
natural uranium, natural thorium or depleted uranium, and empty radioactive  
materials  
packaging.  
These packages are exempted from certain labeling, marking and paper work requirements.
These packages are exempted from certain labeling, marking and paper work requirements.
12. Experiment:  
: 12. Experiment:
Any device or material that is exposed to significant  
Any device or material that is exposed to significant radiation from the reactor and is not a normal part of the reactor or any operation designed to measure or monitor reactor characteristics or parameters.
radiation  
: 13. External Contamination:
from the reactor and is not a normal part of the reactor or any operation  
Is radioactive contamination on any external surface of any package. It must be kept as low as practical and, under normal conditions of transport, shall not exceed the levels specified in the governing regulations.
designed to measure or monitor reactor characteristics  
: 14. Fissile Material:
or parameters.
Material consisting of Plutonium 239, Plutonium 241, Uranium 233, Uranium 235, or any combination of these radionuclides.
13. External Contamination:  
This does not apply to unirradiated natural uranium and depleted Uranium, and natural uranium or depleted uranium that has been irradiated in a thermal reactor.15. Host Can: A multi-carrier of capsules, which may be from:* previously irradiated Host Cans* stored material* new Capsules(s)
Is radioactive  
* empty Spacer Capsules 16. Hot Cell: A sealed, shielded, and controlled area used to process radioactive materials.
contamination  
: 17. Hot Laboratory:
on any external surface of any package. It must be kept as low as practical  
A controlled area to process radioactive materials containing a hood which exhausts to the facility ventilation exhaust system and may contain a drain connection to the radioactive liquid waste and disposal system.18. Incident:
and, under normal conditions  
Events that may affect safety or that have resulted in non-compliance with regulations.
of transport, shall not exceed the levels specified  
Page 2 of 6 Attachment 8.2 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)19. Independent Verification:
in the governing  
Inspection and corroboration that is separated by distance and time to insulate the verifier from the worker's performance and/or influence.
regulations.
: 20. Inspector:
14. Fissile Material:  
Material consisting  
of Plutonium  
239, Plutonium  
241, Uranium 233, Uranium 235, or any combination  
of these radionuclides.  
This does not apply to unirradiated
natural uranium and depleted Uranium, and natural uranium or depleted uranium that has been irradiated  
in a thermal reactor.15. Host Can: A multi-carrier  
of capsules, which may be from:* previously  
irradiated  
Host Cans* stored material* new Capsules(s)
* empty Spacer Capsules 16. Hot Cell: A sealed, shielded, and controlled  
area used to process radioactive  
materials.
17. Hot Laboratory:  
A controlled  
area to process radioactive  
materials  
containing  
a hood which exhausts to the facility ventilation  
exhaust system and may contain a drain connection  
to the radioactive  
liquid waste and disposal system.18. Incident:  
Events that may affect safety or that have resulted in non-compliance  
with regulations.
Page 2 of 6 Attachment  
8.2  
AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)19. Independent  
Verification:  
Inspection  
and corroboration  
that is separated  
by distance and time to insulate the verifier from the worker's performance  
and/or influence.
20. Inspector:  
See Shipping Technician.
See Shipping Technician.
21. International  
: 21. International Air Transport Association (IA TA) Dangerous Goods Regulations:
Air Transport  
Contains all of the requirements for the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) regulations, and has included additional requirements, which are more restrictive.
Association (IA TA) Dangerous  
This reflects the industry standard practices or operational considerations.
Goods Regulations:  
: 22. International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA): Develops guidance for the safe transport of radioactive materials.
Contains all of the requirements  
: 23. International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO): Uses the 1AEA recommendations as the basis for developing the regulation for the safe transport of dangerous goods by air.24. Low Specific Activity (LSA) Material:
for the International  
Material with limited specific activity, which satisfies specified descriptions and limits in applicable regulations.
Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) regulations, and has included additional  
: 25. Meter: Refers to instruments used in taking dose rate measurements.
requirements, which are more restrictive.  
: 26. Meter Stick: A ruler, one meter in length used to determine the transport index.27. MURR Identification Number (MURR ID. No.): A unique number assigned to each radioisotope sample processed at MURR.28. Must: A term equivalent to "SHALL" and is used to denote requirements imposed by MURR management which are above and in excess of and in addition to regulator requirements.
This reflects the industry standard practices  
: 29. Non-fixed Radioactive Contamination:
or operational  
Contamination that can be readily removed from a surface by wiping with an absorbent material.30. Normal Form Radioactive Material:
considerations.
Material, which has not been categorized nor qualified as "Special Form Radioactive Material." 31. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC): The United States government agency established to regulate all the licensing and related regulatory functions of the nuclear industry.32. Package: The packaging together with its radioactive contents as presented for transport.
22. International  
: 33. Packaging:
Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA): Develops guidance for the safe transport  
The assembly of components that make up a containment system for hazardous materials transport.
of radioactive  
Page 3 of 6 Attachment 8.2 AP-SH-001 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)34. Performer:
materials.
23. International  
Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO): Uses the 1AEA recommendations  
as the basis for developing  
the regulation  
for the safe transport  
of dangerous  
goods by air.24. Low Specific Activity (LSA) Material:  
Material with limited specific activity, which satisfies specified  
descriptions  
and limits in applicable  
regulations.
25. Meter: Refers to instruments  
used in taking dose rate measurements.
26. Meter Stick: A ruler, one meter in length used to determine  
the transport  
index.27. MURR Identification  
Number (MURR ID. No.): A unique number assigned to each radioisotope  
sample processed  
at MURR.28. Must: A term equivalent  
to "SHALL" and is used to denote requirements  
imposed by MURR management  
which are above and in excess of and in addition to regulator  
requirements.
29. Non-fixed  
Radioactive  
Contamination:  
Contamination  
that can be readily removed from a surface by wiping with an absorbent  
material.30. Normal Form Radioactive  
Material:  
Material, which has not been categorized  
nor qualified as "Special Form Radioactive  
Material." 31. Nuclear Regulatory  
Commission (NRC): The United States government  
agency established
to regulate all the licensing  
and related regulatory  
functions  
of the nuclear industry.32. Package: The packaging  
together with its radioactive  
contents as presented  
for transport.
33. Packaging:  
The assembly of components  
that make up a containment  
system for hazardous materials  
transport.
Page 3 of 6 Attachment  
8.2  
AP-SH-001 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)34. Performer:  
See Shipping Technician
See Shipping Technician
35. Primary Hazard: The governing  
: 35. Primary Hazard: The governing hazard for a package.36. Primary Processed Samples: Samples that have been under the continuous control of the Hot Cell and Shipping Groups after removal from the reactor pool. These samples are shipped without any further processes performed on them.37 Quality Assurance (QA): Those actions related to control of the physical characteristics and quality of the material or component to predetermined requirements.
hazard for a package.36. Primary Processed  
: 38. Quality Event: Operational problem, non-conformance, or conditions adverse to quality that, if not corrected, may lead to an incident.39. Radioactive Contents:
Samples: Samples that have been under the continuous  
A radioactive material, together with any contaminated liquids or gases within the package.40. Radioactive Material:
control of the Hot Cell and Shipping Groups after removal from the reactor pool. These samples are shipped without any further processes  
DOT defines radioactive material as any material containing radionuclides where both the activity concentration and the total activity in the consignment exceed the values specified in the table 49 CFR 173.436 or values derived according to the instructions in 173.433. NRC defines as material (except special nuclear material) yielded in, or made radioactive by exposure to the radiation incident to the process of producing or utilizing special nuclear material.41. Radiation Level: The radiation dose-equivalent rate expressed in millirem(s) per hour or mrem/h.42 Receivers:
performed  
on them.37 Quality Assurance (QA): Those actions related to control of the physical characteristics  
and quality of the material or component  
to predetermined  
requirements.
38. Quality Event: Operational  
problem, non-conformance, or conditions  
adverse to quality that, if not corrected, may lead to an incident.39. Radioactive  
Contents:  
A radioactive  
material, together with any contaminated  
liquids or gases within the package.40. Radioactive  
Material:  
DOT defines radioactive  
material as any material containing
radionuclides  
where both the activity concentration  
and the total activity in the consignment
exceed the values specified  
in the table 49 CFR 173.436 or values derived according  
to the instructions  
in 173.433. NRC defines as material (except special nuclear material)  
yielded in, or made radioactive  
by exposure to the radiation  
incident to the process of producing  
or utilizing  
special nuclear material.41. Radiation  
Level: The radiation  
dose-equivalent  
rate expressed  
in millirem(s)  
per hour or mrem/h.42 Receivers:  
see Consignees
see Consignees
43. RUR: Reactor Utilization  
: 43. RUR: Reactor Utilization Request. A programmatic process that permits the reactor to be used for neutron irradiation and isotope production in accordance with the Hazard Summary Report. The RUR ensures that each experiment requested is reviewed to ascertain whether the experimenter possesses the experience and equipment to cope with the expected radiation level and whether the irradiated material may be safely used in the particular environment suggested by the experimenter.
Request. A programmatic  
If the experiment is within acceptable limits of the reactor the Reactor Manager then approves it. (HSR 8.0)44. Sample: The chemical or physical makeup of the target material or combination of target and encapsulation.
process that permits the reactor to be used for neutron irradiation  
: 45. Secondary Processing Groups: Groups that submit samples for shipping other than Irradiations Group. Specifically:
and isotope production  
Analytical Chemistry, Research & Development Radioisotopes, Regulatory Assurance Group, Education and Research, Radiochemical Production and Silicon Group.Page 4 of 6 Attachment 8.2 AP-SH-001 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)46. Secondary Processed Samples: Samples submitted for shipment by groups other than Irradiations Group. These samples must utilize FM-27, "In-House Radioactive Shipping Request Form," to transmit sample information to the Shipping Group.47. Shall: A term used to denote legally binding requirements to which MURR is committed, for example: 0 S S 0 0 Technical Specifications (TS)Hazards Summary Report (HSR)Regulatory Guides American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards Code of Federal or State Regulations
in accordance  
: 48. Shippingz Technician:
with the Hazard Summary Report. The RUR ensures that each experiment  
requested  
is reviewed to ascertain  
whether the experimenter  
possesses  
the experience  
and equipment  
to cope with the expected radiation level and whether the irradiated  
material may be safely used in the particular  
environment
suggested  
by the experimenter.  
If the experiment  
is within acceptable  
limits of the reactor the Reactor Manager then approves it. (HSR 8.0)44. Sample: The chemical or physical makeup of the target material or combination  
of target and encapsulation.
45. Secondary  
Processing  
Groups: Groups that submit samples for shipping other than Irradiations  
Group. Specifically:  
Analytical  
Chemistry, Research & Development
Radioisotopes, Regulatory  
Assurance  
Group, Education  
and Research, Radiochemical
Production  
and Silicon Group.Page 4 of 6 Attachment  
8.2  
AP-SH-001 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)46. Secondary  
Processed  
Samples: Samples submitted  
for shipment by groups other than Irradiations  
Group. These samples must utilize FM-27, "In-House  
Radioactive  
Shipping Request Form," to transmit sample information  
to the Shipping Group.47. Shall: A term used to denote legally binding requirements  
to which MURR is committed, for example: 0 S S 0 0 Technical  
Specifications (TS)Hazards Summary Report (HSR)Regulatory  
Guides American National Standards  
Institute (ANSI) standards Code of Federal or State Regulations
48. Shippingz  
Technician:  
Is defined as one of the following: " Trainee:* Performer: " Inspector:
Is defined as one of the following: " Trainee:* Performer: " Inspector:
* QA Performer:
* QA Performer:
* QA Inspector:
* QA Inspector:
* QA Supervisor:
* QA Supervisor:
Can neither inspect nor perform a task except under the direct supervision  
Can neither inspect nor perform a task except under the direct supervision of a Inspector or QA Inspector.
of a Inspector  
An individual who has successfully completed the required training for specific tasks.An individual who has successfully completed all required training in shipping tasks applicable to shipment of Type A or lower quantities of radioactive materials.
or QA Inspector.
An individual who has successfully completed the required training for specific tasks associated with the Type B shipping program.An individual who has successfully completed all required training in all the shipping tasks applicable to shipment of Type B quantities of radioactive material under the MURR Quality Assurance Program for Type B containers.
An individual  
An individual designated in writing by the Associate Director (RAG)who is responsible for shipments within their assigned areas of byproduct material, waste, or spent fuel. Responsibility includes ensuring that personnel performing shipments under their assigned areas are trained and ensuring that shipment, procurement, inventory control, maintenance, testing, handling, and storage are conducted according to applicable procedures and in compliance with the MURR Type B QA Program.49. Should: Not required, but would be highly desirable to accomplish.
who has successfully  
: 50. SI: Units of measurement to be used in the transport of dangerous goods are those specified by the International System (51).51. Specific Activity:
completed  
The activity of the radionuclide per unit mass of that nuclide.Page 5 of 6 Attachment 8.2 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)52. Surface Contaminated Object (SCO): A solid object which is not itself radioactive but which has radioactive material distributed on any of its surfaces.53. Transfer Cask: Various sizes and configurations of shielded containers used to move radioactive samples from the reactor pool to predetermined handling areas.54. Transport Index (TI): The dimensionless number placed on the label ofapackage to designate the degree of control to be exercised by the carrier during transportation.
the required training for specific tasks.An individual  
TI is the dose rate number rounded up to the next tenth mRem/hr at 1 meter from the hottest side.55. Type A Quantity:
who has successfully  
A quantity of radioactive material which does not exceed A&, for Special form material, or A 2 for normal form material.56. Type B Quantity:
completed  
A quantity of material, which is greater than Type A.Page 6 of 6 Attachment 8.2 RP-H, Revis MURR MASTER COP hUCA RADIATION PROTECTION ISSUED APR RP-HP-110 SURVEY AND DECONTAMINATION OF RETURNED SHIPPING CONTAINERS 9-110 ion 4 y 18 2007 RESPONSIBLE GROUP: PROCEDURE OWNER: APPROVED BY: Reactor Health Physics Manuel Diaz Ronald J. Dobey, Jr..Date _____This procedure contains the following:  
all required training in shipping tasks applicable  
, Pages Attachments Tables Figures Appendices Check-Off Lists 1 None None None None None through through through through through through 7 RP-HP-1 10 Revision 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page Number 1.0 PURPO SE ...........................................................................................................................
to shipment of Type A or lower quantities  
3 2.0 SCOPE ................................................................................................................................
of radioactive  
3 3.0 DEFIN ITION S ....................................................................................................................
materials.
3 4.0 PRECA UTION S AN D LIM ITATION S ........................................................................
An individual  
3 5.0 SPECIA L TOOLS OR EQ UIPM EN T ..........................................................................
who has successfully  
completed  
the required training for specific tasks associated  
with the Type B shipping program.An individual  
who has successfully  
completed  
all required training in all the shipping tasks applicable  
to shipment of Type B quantities  
of radioactive  
material under the MURR Quality Assurance  
Program for Type B containers.
An individual  
designated  
in writing by the Associate  
Director (RAG)who is responsible  
for shipments  
within their assigned areas of byproduct  
material, waste, or spent fuel. Responsibility  
includes ensuring that personnel  
performing  
shipments  
under their assigned areas are trained and ensuring that shipment, procurement, inventory control, maintenance, testing, handling, and storage are conducted according  
to applicable  
procedures  
and in compliance  
with the MURR Type B QA Program.49. Should: Not required, but would be highly desirable  
to accomplish.
50. SI: Units of measurement  
to be used in the transport  
of dangerous  
goods are those specified by the International  
System (51).51. Specific Activity:  
The activity of the radionuclide  
per unit mass of that nuclide.Page 5 of 6 Attachment  
8.2  
AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)52. Surface Contaminated  
Object (SCO): A solid object which is not itself radioactive  
but which has radioactive  
material distributed  
on any of its surfaces.53. Transfer Cask: Various sizes and configurations  
of shielded containers  
used to move radioactive  
samples from the reactor pool to predetermined  
handling areas.54. Transport  
Index (TI): The dimensionless  
number placed on the label ofapackage  
to designate  
the degree of control to be exercised  
by the carrier during transportation.  
TI is the dose rate number rounded up to the next tenth mRem/hr at 1 meter from the hottest side.55. Type A Quantity:  
A quantity of radioactive  
material which does not exceed A&, for Special form material, or A 2 for normal form material.56. Type B Quantity:  
A quantity of material, which is greater than Type A.Page 6 of 6 Attachment  
8.2  
RP-H, Revis MURR MASTER COP hUCA RADIATION  
PROTECTION  
ISSUED APR RP-HP-110 SURVEY AND DECONTAMINATION  
OF RETURNED SHIPPING CONTAINERS
9-110 ion 4 y 18 2007 RESPONSIBLE  
GROUP: PROCEDURE  
OWNER: APPROVED BY: Reactor Health Physics Manuel Diaz Ronald J. Dobey, Jr..Date _____This procedure  
contains the following:  
, Pages Attachments
Tables Figures Appendices
Check-Off  
Lists 1 None None None None None through through through through through through 7  
RP-HP-1 10 Revision 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page Number 1.0 PURPO SE ...........................................................................................................................  
3 2.0 SCOPE ................................................................................................................................  
3 3.0 DEFIN ITION S ....................................................................................................................  
3 4.0 PRECA UTION S AN D LIM ITATION S ........................................................................  
3 5.0 SPECIA L TOOLS OR EQ UIPM EN T ..........................................................................  
4 6.0 PROCEDURE  
4 6.0 PROCEDURE  
.....................................................................................................................  
.....................................................................................................................
4 6.1 DOT 6M CA SK ................................................................................................  
4 6.1 DOT 6M CA SK ................................................................................................
4 6.2 DOT 20 W C-1 / N ORD ION / CIS-U S ...............................................................  
4 6.2 DOT 20 W C-1 / N ORD ION / CIS-U S ...............................................................
5 6.3 O THER CA SKS ...............................................................................................  
5 6.3 O THER CA SKS ...............................................................................................
7 7.0 REFEREN CES ...................................................................................................................  
7 7.0 REFEREN CES ...................................................................................................................
7 2  
7 2 RP-HP-1 10 Revision 4 SURVEY AND DECONTAMINATION OF RETURNED SHIPPING CONTAINERS 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To establish a standard method for performing the decontamination of returned shipping containers used for the shipment of radioactive materials.
RP-HP-1 10 Revision 4 SURVEY AND DECONTAMINATION  
2.0 SCOPE 2.1 Contains procedural steps and precautions necessary to decontaminate returned radioactive materials shipping containers.
OF RETURNED SHIPPING CONTAINERS
2.2 Establishes methods used for the decontamination of various types of containers.
1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To establish  
2.3 Defines Reactor Health Physics interaction with Shipping Technicians to accomplish the process.3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Decontamination  
a standard method for performing  
-The reduction or removal of contaminating radioactive material from a structure, area, object, or person. Decontamination may be accomplished by: " treating the surface to remove or decrease the contamination and / or* letting the material stand so that the radioactivity is decreased as a result of natural radioactive decay (Reference 7.1).3.2 Contamination  
the decontamination  
-Undesired radioactive material that is deposited on the surface or inside of structures, areas, objects or people (Reference 7.1).4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 Radiation work is only performed by persons informed about the work in compliance with 10 CFR 19.12 and ALARA concerns (Reference 7.2).4.2 If any gross reading is greater than 25 mR / hr, the procedure must be stopped and the Reactor Heath Physics Manager must be notified.3 RP-HP-I 10 Revision 4 5.0 SPECIAL TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT* Applicable hand-held dose rate survey instrument" End window or pancake probe GM Frisker* Masslin or soft absorbent paper towels* Radioactive contamination marking tape* Indelible marker* Cotton tip swabs* Preprinted, "Internal  
of returned shipping containers  
/ External Contamination Survey" stickers* Swipe Paper -normally 4.25 Whatman Qualitative Filter Paper* Rubber gloves* Applicable size zip-lock type plastic bag* Radiac Wash or equivalent 6.0 PROCEDURE 6.1 DOT 6M CASK: NOTE: The BC-4 Swipe Counter, located in the basement, is the preferable instrument for counting contamination swipes. However, any individual swipe that is greater than 1000 cpm on the GM Frisker must not be counted on the BC-4 swipe counter.i NOTE: All gross dose rate surveys are performed with an open window. ]CAUTION: If any gross reading is greater than 25 mR / hr, the procedure MUST be stopped and the Reactor Heath Physics Manager notified.6.1.1 WHEN Shipping Technician has removed clamping ring securing the barrel lid, THEN MONITOR dose rate while technician removes lid.6.1.2 WHEN technician has exposed the top of the DOT 2R container, THEN MONITOR while technician opens 2R container.
used for the shipment of radioactive  
4 RP-HP-1 10 Revision 4 6.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)6.1.3 IF pig is present, THEN a. remove pig from cask, b. perform normal swipe of outside of pig, AND c. IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate AND re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.1.4 MONITOR dose rate while technician opens pig.6.1.5 Perform normal swipe of interior of 2R container.
materials.
6.1.6 IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate AND re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.1.7 Wipe inside of pig using a Masslin or moist paper towel.6.1.8 IF wipe is greater than 1000 cpm (measured through a glove), THEN decontaminate AND re-wipe until less than 1000 cpm.6.1.9 Wipe inside of pig using a Masslin or moist paper towel.6.1.10 IF wipe is less than 1000 cpm (measured through a glove), THEN pig can be returned to service.6.1.11 Fill out applicable information and initial "Internal  
2.0 SCOPE 2.1 Contains procedural  
/ External Contamination" sticker AND place on cask.6.2 DOT 20 WC-1 / NORDION / CIS-US: NOTE: The BC-4 Swipe Counter is the preferable instrument for counting contamination swipes. However, any individual swipe that is greate than 1000 cpm on the GM Frisker must not be counted on the BC-4 swipe counter.NOTE: All gross dose rate surveys are performed with an open window.CAUTION: If any gross reading is greater than 25 mR / hr, the procedure MUST be stopped and the Reactor Heath Physics Manager notified.5 RP-HP-I 10 Revision 4 6.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)6.2.1 WHEN Shipping Technician has removed nuts securing over-pack lid, THEN MONITOR dose rate while technician removes lid.6.2.2 WHEN technician has removed fiberboard THEN perform gross internal survey.6.2.3 Perform normal swipe survey on top exterior of DU container.
steps and precautions  
6.2.4 IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate AND re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.2.5 MONITOR dose rate while technician opens DU container.
necessary  
to decontaminate  
returned radioactive  
materials  
shipping containers.
2.2 Establishes  
methods used for the decontamination  
of various types of containers.
2.3 Defines Reactor Health Physics interaction  
with Shipping Technicians  
to accomplish  
the process.3.0 DEFINITIONS
3.1 Decontamination  
-The reduction  
or removal of contaminating  
radioactive
material from a structure, area, object, or person. Decontamination  
may be accomplished  
by: " treating the surface to remove or decrease the contamination  
and / or* letting the material stand so that the radioactivity  
is decreased  
as a result of natural radioactive  
decay (Reference  
7.1).3.2 Contamination  
-Undesired  
radioactive  
material that is deposited  
on the surface or inside of structures, areas, objects or people (Reference  
7.1).4.0 PRECAUTIONS  
AND LIMITATIONS
4.1 Radiation  
work is only performed  
by persons informed about the work in compliance  
with 10 CFR 19.12 and ALARA concerns (Reference  
7.2).4.2 If any gross reading is greater than 25 mR / hr, the procedure  
must be stopped and the Reactor Heath Physics Manager must be notified.3  
RP-HP-I 10 Revision 4 5.0 SPECIAL TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT* Applicable  
hand-held  
dose rate survey instrument" End window or pancake probe GM Frisker* Masslin or soft absorbent  
paper towels* Radioactive  
contamination  
marking tape* Indelible  
marker* Cotton tip swabs* Preprinted, "Internal  
/ External Contamination  
Survey" stickers* Swipe Paper -normally 4.25 Whatman Qualitative  
Filter Paper* Rubber gloves* Applicable  
size zip-lock type plastic bag* Radiac Wash or equivalent
6.0 PROCEDURE 6.1 DOT 6M CASK: NOTE: The BC-4 Swipe Counter, located in the basement, is the preferable
instrument  
for counting contamination  
swipes. However, any individual  
swipe that is greater than 1000 cpm on the GM Frisker must not be counted on the BC-4 swipe counter.i NOTE: All gross dose rate surveys are performed  
with an open window. ]CAUTION: If any gross reading is greater than 25 mR / hr, the procedure MUST be stopped and the Reactor Heath Physics Manager notified.6.1.1 WHEN Shipping Technician  
has removed clamping ring securing the barrel lid, THEN MONITOR dose rate while technician  
removes lid.6.1.2 WHEN technician  
has exposed the top of the DOT 2R container, THEN MONITOR while technician  
opens 2R container.
4  
RP-HP-1 10 Revision 4 6.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)6.1.3 IF pig is present, THEN a. remove pig from cask, b. perform normal swipe of outside of pig, AND c. IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate  
AND re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.1.4 MONITOR dose rate while technician  
opens pig.6.1.5 Perform normal swipe of interior of 2R container.
6.1.6 IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate  
AND re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.1.7 Wipe inside of pig using a Masslin or moist paper towel.6.1.8 IF wipe is greater than 1000 cpm (measured  
through a glove), THEN decontaminate  
AND re-wipe until less than 1000 cpm.6.1.9 Wipe inside of pig using a Masslin or moist paper towel.6.1.10 IF wipe is less than 1000 cpm (measured  
through a glove), THEN pig can be returned to service.6.1.11 Fill out applicable  
information  
and initial "Internal  
/ External Contamination" sticker AND place on cask.6.2 DOT 20 WC-1 / NORDION / CIS-US: NOTE: The BC-4 Swipe Counter is the preferable  
instrument  
for counting contamination  
swipes. However, any individual  
swipe that is greate than 1000 cpm on the GM Frisker must not be counted on the BC-4 swipe counter.NOTE: All gross dose rate surveys are performed  
with an open window.CAUTION: If any gross reading is greater than 25 mR / hr, the procedure MUST be stopped and the Reactor Heath Physics Manager notified.5  
RP-HP-I 10 Revision 4 6.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)6.2.1 WHEN Shipping Technician  
has removed nuts securing over-pack  
lid, THEN MONITOR dose rate while technician  
removes lid.6.2.2 WHEN technician  
has removed fiberboard  
THEN perform gross internal survey.6.2.3 Perform normal swipe survey on top exterior of DU container.
6.2.4 IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate  
AND re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.2.5 MONITOR dose rate while technician  
opens DU container.
6.2.6 Using caution, remove 2R, etc. container.
6.2.6 Using caution, remove 2R, etc. container.
6.2.7 Perform normal swipe of outside of 2R container.
6.2.7 Perform normal swipe of outside of 2R container.
6.2.8 IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate  
6.2.8 IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate and re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.2.9 MONITOR dose rate while technician opens 2R container.
and re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.2.9 MONITOR dose rate while technician  
6.2.10 Wipe interior of 2R container with a Masslin or moist paper towel.6.2.11 IF wipe is greater than 1000 cpm (measured through a glove), THEN decontaminate again AND re-wipe until less than 1000 cpm.6.2.12 WHEN wipe is less than 1000 cpm, THEN 2R container can be returned to service.6.2.13 RECORD applicable information and initial "Internal  
opens 2R container.
6.2.10 Wipe interior of 2R container  
with a Masslin or moist paper towel.6.2.11 IF wipe is greater than 1000 cpm (measured  
through a glove), THEN decontaminate  
again AND re-wipe until less than 1000 cpm.6.2.12 WHEN wipe is less than 1000 cpm, THEN 2R container  
can be returned to service.6.2.13 RECORD applicable  
information  
and initial "Internal  
/ External Contamination" sticker AND place on shipping container.
/ External Contamination" sticker AND place on shipping container.
6  
6 RP-HP-I 10 Revision 4 6.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)6.3 OTHER CASKS: NOTE: The BC-4 Swipe Counter is the preferable instrument  
RP-HP-I 10 Revision 4 6.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)6.3 OTHER CASKS: NOTE: The BC-4 Swipe Counter is the preferable  
ýfor counting contamination swipes. However, any individual swipe that is greater than 1000 cpm on the GM Frisker must not be counted on the BC-4 swipe counter.NOTE: All gross dose rate surveys are performed with an open window.CAUTION: If any gross reading is greater than 25 mR / hr, the procedure MUST be stopped and the Reactor Heath Physics Manager notified.6.3.1 MONITOR dose rate while Shipping Technician opens outer package.6.3.2 MONITOR dose rate while technician opens inner container.
instrument  
ýfor counting contamination  
swipes. However, any individual  
swipe that is greater than 1000 cpm on the GM Frisker must not be counted on the BC-4 swipe counter.NOTE: All gross dose rate surveys are performed  
with an open window.CAUTION: If any gross reading is greater than 25 mR / hr, the procedure MUST be stopped and the Reactor Heath Physics Manager notified.6.3.1 MONITOR dose rate while Shipping Technician  
opens outer package.6.3.2 MONITOR dose rate while technician  
opens inner container.
6.3.3 Perform normal swipe of exterior of inner container.
6.3.3 Perform normal swipe of exterior of inner container.
6.3.4 IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate  
6.3.4 IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate AND re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.3.5 Wipe interior of inner container with Masslin or moist paper towel.6.3.6 IF wipe is greater than 1000 cpm (measured through a glove), THEN decontaminate again AND re-wipe until less than 1000 cpm.6.3.7 When wipe is less than 1000 cpm, THEN inner container can be returned to service.6.3.8 RECORD applicable information and initial "Internal  
AND re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.3.5 Wipe interior of inner container  
with Masslin or moist paper towel.6.3.6 IF wipe is greater than 1000 cpm (measured  
through a glove), THEN decontaminate  
again AND re-wipe until less than 1000 cpm.6.3.7 When wipe is less than 1000 cpm, THEN inner container  
can be returned to service.6.3.8 RECORD applicable  
information  
and initial "Internal  
/ External Contamination" sticker AND place on shipping container.
/ External Contamination" sticker AND place on shipping container.
7.0 REFERENCES
 
7.1 Nuclear Regulatory  
==7.0 REFERENCES==
Commission, "Glossary  
 
of Nuclear Terms" 7.2 10 CFR 19.12, "Instruction  
7.1 Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Glossary of Nuclear Terms" 7.2 10 CFR 19.12, "Instruction to Workers" 7 1~Iu~xl1~MURR SHIPPING PROCEDURE ISSt BPB-SH-002 20WC-1 PACKAGING AND SHIPMENT OF TYPE B NON-WASTE RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 I~TER ftPý1 Z0q 1 JED RESPONSIBLE GROUP: PROCEDURE OWNER: Product & Service Operations, Shipping J. Mike Kilfoil Ronald J. Dobey, Jr.Kenneth W. Brooks APPROVED BY: APPROVED BY: Date ,P Date g9 -1, -o(.This procedure contains the following:
to Workers" 7  
Pages Attachments Tables Figures Appendices Check-Off Lists 1 1 None None None None through through through through through through 9 1 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 I TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page Number 1.0 PURPO SE .........................................................................................................................
1~Iu~xl1~MURR SHIPPING PROCEDURE  
3 2.0 SCO PE ...............................................................................
ISSt BPB-SH-002
: ..............................................
20WC-1 PACKAGING  
3 3.0 D EFIN ITION S ..................................................................................................................
AND SHIPMENT OF TYPE B NON-WASTE  
RADIOACTIVE  
MATERIAL BPB-SH-002
Revision 7 I~TER ftPý1 Z0q 1 JED RESPONSIBLE  
GROUP: PROCEDURE  
OWNER: Product & Service Operations, Shipping J. Mike Kilfoil Ronald J. Dobey, Jr.Kenneth W. Brooks APPROVED BY: APPROVED BY: Date ,P Date g9 -1, -o(.This procedure  
contains the following:
Pages Attachments
Tables Figures Appendices
Check-Off  
Lists 1 1 None None None None through through through through through through 9 1  
BPB-SH-002
Revision 7 I TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page Number 1.0 PURPO SE .........................................................................................................................  
3 2.0 SCO PE ...............................................................................  
: ..............................................  
3 3.0 D EFIN ITION S ..................................................................................................................  
3 4.0 RESPON SIBILITIES  
3 4.0 RESPON SIBILITIES  
..................................................................................................  
..................................................................................................
3 5.0 PRECA UTION S AN D LIM ITA TION S ......................................................................  
3 5.0 PRECA UTION S AN D LIM ITA TION S ......................................................................
4 6.0 PREREQUISITES  
4 6.0 PREREQUISITES AND INITIAL CONDITIONS  
AND INITIAL CONDITIONS  
....................................................
....................................................  
4 7.0 SPECIA L TO O LS AN D EQ U IPM EN T ......................................................................
4 7.0 SPECIA L TO O LS AN D EQ U IPM EN T ......................................................................  
5 8.0 PRO CED URE ...................................................................................................................
5 8.0 PRO CED URE ...................................................................................................................  
6 9.0 REFEREN CES .........................................................................................................
6 9.0 REFEREN CES .........................................................................................................  
8 10.0 RECO RD S ........................................................................................................................
8 10.0 RECO RD S ........................................................................................................................  
9 11.0 ATTA CH M EN TS .......................................................................................................  
9 11.0 ATTA CH M EN TS .......................................................................................................  
.9 2  
.9 2 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 20WC-1 PACKAGING AND SHIPMENT OF TYPE B NON-WASTE RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 Provide instructions for packaging Type B (DOT 20WC-1) non-waste radioactive materials containers.
BPB-SH-002
2.0 SCOPE 2.1 Procedural steps for final packaging of a depleted uranium (DU) container containing radioactive material in a 2R Shipping Container and 20WC- I Overpack Container.
Revision 7 20WC-1 PACKAGING  
2.2 This procedure ensures compliance with all applicable regulations prescribed in the following:
AND SHIPMENT OF TYPE B NON-WASTE RADIOACTIVE  
* 10 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 71, Energy (Reference
MATERIAL 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 Provide instructions  
: 9. 1)* 49 CFR, Transportation (Reference 9.2)* International Air Transport Association (IA TA) Dangerous Goods Regulations (Reference 9.3)* MURR Type B Quality Assurance Program (Reference 9.5)3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Refer to AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" (Reference 9.7) for list of definitions.
for packaging  
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Refer to AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" (Reference 9.7) for list of responsibilities.
Type B (DOT 20WC-1) non-waste  
3 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 5.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 5.1 A package of radioactive material shall not be transported unless it is properly described, classed, marked, packaged and labeled in accordance with 49 CFR 173 or the IATA Manual, and the MURR Type B Quality Assurance Program." If the radioactive material exceeds any of the applicable limits of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, or IATA Manual, then the Radioactive Materials/Shipping Manager or Designee must be immediately notified.* Radioactive material must not leave MURR until the requirements of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, or L4TA Manual have been meet.5.2 Survey instrumentation used during the performance of this procedure must have a valid "Calibration Current" sticker displayed.
radioactive
5.3 The Performer of a shipping process and QA Inspector must not be the same individual.
materials  
Additionally, the QA Inspector must be qualified as a Performer 6.0 PREREQUISITES AND INITIAL CONDITIONS 6.1 A person participating in any aspect of this procedure must meet the qualifications of a Shipping Technician as defined in AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" (Reference 9.7).6.2 Consignees (receivers) of MURR shipments of radioactive materials are authorized to receive the type, form, and quantity of radioactive material in accordance with the provisions of 10 CFR 71 -Packaging and Transportation of Radioactive Material.6.3 A QA Inspector must review the customer's Container/Cask and accompanying documentation prior to first use and ensure that the package is part of the MURR Type B QA Program.NOTE: Liquid shipments MUST be made using a 20WC-1 with an external 2R only.6.4 For liquid shipments, ensure external 2R shipping container has been leak checked in accordance with procedure BPB-SH-001, "2R Shipping Container Leak Check" (Reference 9.4).6.5 Torque wrench has a valid "Calibration Current" sticker.4 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 I 7.0 SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT 7.1 Tools* 1-1/8 in. socket (External 2R Container Only)* 12 in. drive socket extension or equivalent (1/2 in.)* 5/8 in. deep well socket* 3/4 in. deep well socket* Manual ratchet* Material handling equipment capable of lifting a minimum of 500 lbs.* Pliers or crimping tool* Rigid Flex-head handle, 1/2 in. drive (breaker bar)* Speed handle* Special 2R lid alignment tool (External 2R Container Only)* Special 2R positioning rods (2 each) (External 2R Container Only)0 Torque wrench (0 to 75 ft-lbs)* Wire cutters 7.2 Equipment* Absorbent wiping material* Luting compound* Contamination barrier material* Personal protective equipment" Radiation survey equipment* Tamper-Proof Seals 5 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 8.0 PROCEDURE NOTE: FM-35, "Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 20WC-1 Radioactive Materials Shipment" (Attachment 11.4) requires verification of specific actions in this section. FM-35 is written to be used as a stand-alone procedure for preparing 20WC-1 shipments.
containers.
This procedure provides additional information to complete this process.8.1 NOTIFY Reactor Health Physics (HP) to conduct radiological surveys during the assembly process.8.2 ENSURE by visual inspection that the 2R shipping container cavity does not contain foreign material.CAUTION: The DU shield weighs approximately 200 lbs. Use appropriate material handling equipment when removing the DU shielding.
2.0 SCOPE 2.1 Procedural  
8.3 Attach material handling equipment to DU shield lifting eye.8.4 HP Technician:
steps for final packaging  
: a. If not already performed, MONITOR radiation level on DU shield as it is lowered into the 2R Shipping Container.
of a depleted uranium (DU) container containing  
: b. Work at a safe distance to maintain exposures As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable (ALARA).c. Follow facility guidelines for radiation level limits.8.5 Working quickly to comply with ALARA, carefully lower DU into the wooden overpack.8.6 Remove lifting device from the eye on the DU shield and move material handling equipment out of the immediate work area.6 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 8.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)8.7 ENSURE DU shield lid bolts are torqued to 15 ft-lbs.8.8 ENSURE luting compound applied to 2R threads (if applicable).
radioactive  
material in a 2R Shipping Container  
and 20WC- I Overpack Container.
2.2 This procedure  
ensures compliance  
with all applicable  
regulations  
prescribed  
in the following:
* 10 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 71, Energy (Reference  
9. 1)* 49 CFR, Transportation (Reference  
9.2)* International  
Air Transport  
Association (IA TA) Dangerous  
Goods Regulations (Reference  
9.3)* MURR Type B Quality Assurance  
Program (Reference  
9.5)3.0 DEFINITIONS
3.1 Refer to AP-SH-001, "Administrative  
Procedure" (Reference  
9.7) for list of definitions.
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1 Refer to AP-SH-001, "Administrative  
Procedure" (Reference  
9.7) for list of responsibilities.
3  
BPB-SH-002
Revision 7 5.0 PRECAUTIONS  
AND LIMITATIONS
5.1 A package of radioactive  
material shall not be transported  
unless it is properly described, classed, marked, packaged and labeled in accordance  
with 49 CFR 173 or the IATA Manual, and the MURR Type B Quality Assurance  
Program." If the radioactive  
material exceeds any of the applicable  
limits of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, or IATA Manual, then the Radioactive  
Materials/Shipping  
Manager or Designee must be immediately  
notified.* Radioactive  
material must not leave MURR until the requirements  
of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, or L4TA Manual have been meet.5.2 Survey instrumentation  
used during the performance  
of this procedure  
must have a valid "Calibration  
Current" sticker displayed.
5.3 The Performer  
of a shipping process and QA Inspector  
must not be the same individual.  
Additionally, the QA Inspector  
must be qualified  
as a Performer 6.0 PREREQUISITES  
AND INITIAL CONDITIONS
6.1 A person participating  
in any aspect of this procedure  
must meet the qualifications
of a Shipping Technician  
as defined in AP-SH-001, "Administrative  
Procedure" (Reference  
9.7).6.2 Consignees (receivers)  
of MURR shipments  
of radioactive  
materials  
are authorized  
to receive the type, form, and quantity of radioactive  
material in accordance  
with the provisions  
of 10 CFR 71 -Packaging  
and Transportation  
of Radioactive  
Material.6.3 A QA Inspector  
must review the customer's  
Container/Cask  
and accompanying
documentation  
prior to first use and ensure that the package is part of the MURR Type B QA Program.NOTE: Liquid shipments  
MUST be made using a 20WC-1 with an external 2R only.6.4 For liquid shipments, ensure external 2R shipping container  
has been leak checked in accordance  
with procedure  
BPB-SH-001, "2R Shipping Container Leak Check" (Reference  
9.4).6.5 Torque wrench has a valid "Calibration  
Current" sticker.4  
BPB-SH-002
Revision 7 I 7.0 SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT 7.1 Tools* 1-1/8 in. socket (External  
2R Container  
Only)* 12 in. drive socket extension  
or equivalent  
(1/2 in.)* 5/8 in. deep well socket* 3/4 in. deep well socket* Manual ratchet* Material handling equipment  
capable of lifting a minimum of 500 lbs.* Pliers or crimping tool* Rigid Flex-head  
handle, 1/2 in. drive (breaker bar)* Speed handle* Special 2R lid alignment  
tool (External  
2R Container  
Only)* Special 2R positioning  
rods (2 each) (External  
2R Container  
Only)0 Torque wrench (0 to 75 ft-lbs)* Wire cutters 7.2 Equipment* Absorbent  
wiping material* Luting compound* Contamination  
barrier material* Personal protective  
equipment" Radiation  
survey equipment* Tamper-Proof  
Seals 5  
BPB-SH-002
Revision 7 8.0 PROCEDURE NOTE: FM-35, "Control Checksheet  
for Type B USA DOT 20WC-1 Radioactive
Materials  
Shipment" (Attachment  
11.4) requires verification  
of specific actions in this section. FM-35 is written to be used as a stand-alone
procedure  
for preparing  
20WC-1 shipments.  
This procedure  
provides additional  
information  
to complete this process.8.1 NOTIFY Reactor Health Physics (HP) to conduct radiological  
surveys during the assembly process.8.2 ENSURE by visual inspection  
that the 2R shipping container  
cavity does not contain foreign material.CAUTION: The DU shield weighs approximately  
200 lbs. Use appropriate
material handling equipment  
when removing the DU shielding.
8.3 Attach material handling equipment  
to DU shield lifting eye.8.4 HP Technician:
a. If not already performed, MONITOR radiation  
level on DU shield as it is lowered into the 2R Shipping Container.
b. Work at a safe distance to maintain exposures  
As Low As Is Reasonably
Achievable (ALARA).c. Follow facility guidelines  
for radiation  
level limits.8.5 Working quickly to comply with ALARA, carefully  
lower DU into the wooden overpack.8.6 Remove lifting device from the eye on the DU shield and move material handling equipment  
out of the immediate  
work area.6  
BPB-SH-002
Revision 7 8.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)8.7 ENSURE DU shield lid bolts are torqued to 15 ft-lbs.8.8 ENSURE luting compound applied to 2R threads (if applicable).
8.8.1 For liquid shipments, torque the 2R lid to 75 ft-lbs.8.9 Install 2R lid 8.10 Carefully, place 20WC-1 lid onto bottom portion of 20WC-1 over-pack.
8.8.1 For liquid shipments, torque the 2R lid to 75 ft-lbs.8.9 Install 2R lid 8.10 Carefully, place 20WC-1 lid onto bottom portion of 20WC-1 over-pack.
a. Use care to align holes in 20WC-1 lid with all-thread  
: a. Use care to align holes in 20WC-1 lid with all-thread rods.b. Use alignment mark on bottom portion of 20WC-1 to aid with the proper alignment, if necessary.
rods.b. Use alignment  
mark on bottom portion of 20WC-1 to aid with the proper alignment, if necessary.
NOTE: A gap between the top and bottom portions may indicate foreign material on the mating surface of the 20WC-1 overpack.8.11 ENSURE 20WC-1 lid is properly seated and there are no gaps between top and bottom portions of over-pack.
NOTE: A gap between the top and bottom portions may indicate foreign material on the mating surface of the 20WC-1 overpack.8.11 ENSURE 20WC-1 lid is properly seated and there are no gaps between top and bottom portions of over-pack.
8.12 ENSURE each all-thread  
8.12 ENSURE each all-thread rod has a flat washer and hex locknut, or equivalent locking device.8.13 Using an alternating pattern, torque each nut on the 20WC-1 lid to 15 ft-lbs.Example: Typical torque pattern.7 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 8.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)NOTE: A tamper-proof seal is required on any 20WC-1 shipping container containing radioactive material.
rod has a flat washer and hex locknut, or equivalent
locking device.8.13 Using an alternating  
pattern, torque each nut on the 20WC-1 lid to 15 ft-lbs.Example: Typical torque pattern.7  
BPB-SH-002
Revision 7 8.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)NOTE: A tamper-proof  
seal is required on any 20WC-1 shipping container containing  
radioactive  
material.  
Seals are optional on empty 20WC-1 shipping containers.
Seals are optional on empty 20WC-1 shipping containers.
8.14 Place a tamper-proof  
8.14 Place a tamper-proof seal on end of one all-thread rod.NOTE: All packages left in the staging area must have a radiation symbol and maximum contact dose rate clearly visible on the package.8.15 ENSURE all previous shipping labels have been removed from the 20WC-1 surface.a. PLACE package in final staging area awaiting courier pickup only after completion of shipping documentation and Final Package Checkout.b. ENSURE work area is posted with appropriate radiation signs to warn other personnel.
seal on end of one all-thread  
8.16 Follow facility procedures and regulatory requirements to ship the 20WC-I.
rod.NOTE: All packages left in the staging area must have a radiation  
 
symbol and maximum contact dose rate clearly visible on the package.8.15 ENSURE all previous shipping labels have been removed from the 20WC-1 surface.a. PLACE package in final staging area awaiting courier pickup only after completion  
==9.0 REFERENCES==
of shipping documentation  
 
and Final Package Checkout.b. ENSURE work area is posted with appropriate  
9.1 10 CFR 71, Energy 9.2 49 CFR, Transportation 9.3 InternationalAir Transport Association (IA TA) Dangerous Goods Regulations 9.4 BPB-SH-001, "2R Shipping Container Leak Check" 9.5 MURR Type B Quality Assurance Program 9.6 AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" 9.7 DOT Package Specification 8
radiation  
BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 10.0 RECORDS 10.1 FM-35, "Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 20WC-1 Radioactive Materials Shipment" 11.0 ATTACHMENTS 11.1 FM-35, "Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 20WC-I Radioactive Materials Shipment" 9 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 FM-35 Revision 9 CONTROL CIIECKSHEET FOR TYPE B USA I)01" 21WC-1 RAI)IOAMTIVE MATERIAIS SHIPMENT Petrformer and 0.4 Inspector cannot be the sante individuaL AII QA Supevi.sors, QA and Pe;frrniers have the authority to stop unsatisfactory work in order to comply 'with federal regulations and AfMR Shipping proceebtres.
signs to warn other personnel.
All items or components found to be in non'ofbirniance by procedure, inspection, testing or operation are to be imnediately reported to the appropriate Shippingt QA Supe'viso?.
8.16 Follow facility procedures  
Affix shipment preprinted identification label here.(Shipment Destination, Isotope(s).
and regulatory  
MURR Identification Number(s) and Activity)QA Inspector Performer Step (Initials) (Initigls No. Action/ Verification N/A .Pe nedk k test of itmer shipping container (fbr liquid shipments only).N/A............
requirements  
R. ., Di t -ollowing information:
to ship the 20WC-I.9.0 REFERENCES
n r ontainer Serial Number: W)erpack mbe: N/A 3E IRE abNS ben male al is placed in DU Container. (For liquid shipments only)_() rac mple lo ation and Inner Cask sample informalion are correct and in t ng od a lied to In Shipping Container threads.C(ENSURE -el -ring' installed' Inner Shipping Container lid.7. r ipping C ntai r gas' -c did ' (circle one)'atisf ton, ac~If repla d. u. te e app) inat u history-o! .r. (Proper gasket is identified in Technical Drawin .S8Sample rat q als i Qtdi oc 9. DU shield bo s r ed to 1 S. 'A libration quired)10. 2R lid torqued to 7 fl-lb, 0W -1 ' ntain,, ith a R external to the DU).(QA Calibration i ar.11. 20WC-I Overpack lid s 1 1 (Ito 15 fi- .(QA all ra Required)S12. Tamper-proof seal placet en ) one -thread ro 13. RlCORID 20WC-I 0\cerpack os ra s. ( r',r on R utired)Face Plate N!A 14. 20WC-1 Overpack is <6600 dpm/ 300 cm, 2 3y & <660 dpm/ 0 cm 2 15. Con'ect shipping name and U N Number label (RADIOACTIVE M. 'ERIAL, TYPE B(U) PACKAGE UN2916) affixed on opposite sides of container.(Include "RQ" before or after if applicable)
9.1 10 CFR 71, Energy 9.2 49 CFR, Transportation
N/A 16. Gross weight plainly and indelibly marked on outside of 20WC-I Overpack container.
9.3 InternationalAir  
N/A 1 7. "TYPE B" is plainly and indelibly marked on outside of 20WC-1 Overpack container.
Transport  
N/A 18. "-REFOIL" is plainly and indelibly marked on outside of20WC-1 Oxverpack conlainer.
Association (IA TA) Dangerous  
Goods Regulations
9.4 BPB-SH-001, "2R Shipping Container  
Leak Check" 9.5 MURR Type B Quality Assurance  
Program 9.6 AP-SH-001, "Administrative  
Procedure" 9.7 DOT Package Specification
8  
BPB-SH-002
Revision 7 10.0 RECORDS 10.1 FM-35, "Control Checksheet  
for Type B USA DOT 20WC-1 Radioactive
Materials  
Shipment" 11.0 ATTACHMENTS
11.1 FM-35, "Control Checksheet  
for Type B USA DOT 20WC-I Radioactive
Materials  
Shipment" 9  
BPB-SH-002
Revision 7 FM-35 Revision 9 CONTROL CIIECKSHEET  
FOR TYPE B USA I)01" 21WC-1 RAI)IOAMTIVE  
MATERIAIS  
SHIPMENT Petrformer  
and 0.4 Inspector  
cannot be the sante individuaL  
AII QA Supevi.sors, QA  
and Pe;frrniers
have the authority  
to stop unsatisfactory  
work in order to comply 'with federal regulations  
and AfMR Shipping proceebtres.  
All items or components  
found to be in non'ofbirniance  
by procedure, inspection, testing or operation are to be imnediately  
reported to the appropriate  
Shippingt  
QA Supe'viso?.
Affix shipment preprinted  
identification  
label here.(Shipment  
Destination, Isotope(s).  
MURR Identification  
Number(s)  
and Activity)QA Inspector  
Performer  
Step (Initials) (Initigls  
No. Action/ Verification
N/A .Pe nedk k test of itmer shipping container (fbr liquid shipments  
only).N/A............  
R. ., Di t -ollowing  
information:
n r ontainer Serial Number: W)erpack mbe: N/A 3E IRE abNS ben male al is placed in DU Container. (For liquid shipments  
only)_() rac mple lo ation and Inner Cask sample informalion  
are correct and in t ng od a lied to In Shipping Container  
threads.C(ENSURE -el -ring' installed'  
Inner Shipping Container  
lid.7. r ipping C ntai r gas' -c did ' (circle one)'atisf ton, ac~If repla d. u. te e app) inat u history-o! .r. (Proper gasket is identified  
in Technical Drawin .S8Sample rat q als i Qtdi oc 9. DU shield bo s r ed to 1 S. 'A libration  
quired)10. 2R lid torqued to 7 fl-lb, 0W -1 ' ntain,, ith a R external to the DU).(QA Calibration  
i ar.11. 20WC-I Overpack lid s 1 1 (Ito 15 fi- .(QA all ra Required)S12. Tamper-proof  
seal placet en ) one -thread ro 13. RlCORID 20WC-I 0\cerpack  
os ra s. ( r',r on R utired)Face Plate N!A 14. 20WC-1 Overpack is <6600 dpm/ 300 cm, 2 3y & <660 dpm/ 0 cm 2 15. Con'ect shipping name and U N Number label (RADIOACTIVE  
M. 'ERIAL, TYPE B(U) PACKAGE UN2916) affixed on opposite sides of container.(Include "RQ" before or after if applicable)
N/A 16. Gross weight plainly and indelibly  
marked on outside of 20WC-I Overpack container.
N/A 1 7. "TYPE B" is plainly and indelibly  
marked on outside of 20WC-1 Overpack container.
N/A 18. "-REFOIL" is plainly and indelibly  
marked on outside of20WC-1 Oxverpack  
conlainer.
N/A 19. Specification  
N/A 19. Specification  
/ certification  
/ certification is plainly and indelibly marked on outside of 20WC-1 Overpack container.
is plainly and indelibly  
Page 1 of 2 Page I of 2 Attachment 11.1 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 I"M -3 5 Revision 9 QA Inspetor (IntiWi)Performer Step (lnitials)
marked on outside of 20WC-1 Overpack container.
Page 1 of 2 Page I of 2 Attachment  
11.1  
BPB-SH-002
Revision 7 I"M -3 5 Revision 9 QA Inspetor (IntiWi)Performer  
Step (lnitials)  
No. ActionVerification
No. ActionVerification
20. The inflormation  
: 20. The inflormation for this shipment is recorded on FM-44, "MURR Request for Radioisotope Shipment." a. License number, issuing agency and expiration date specified, b. VERIFY that isotope and activity is approved per Precautions and Limitations of AP-SHI-001, "Radioactive Materials Shipping." c. Shipping address is correct.21- Emergency Response Inftrmation Sheet(s) are attached to the Shipper's Declarationi Straight Bill of Lading.N/A priate entries made in the Cask History Log.I labels verified, in place on opposite sides of the container and thilose rate measurements."r list information from each label.must bt e the shipper releasing the container.)
for this shipment is recorded on FM-44, "MURR Request for Radioisotope  
TI: 24. The appi primary yve been placed adjacent to the 25.N/A 26.N/A 27.NiA 28.Shipment Waybill(s), a be&#xfd;s l~are affixed to package. (Sodium Iodide Spectrum co led.Consignee notified of shipment prior to All steps in the procedure have been init itification label agree and (Shipment approved for release by: ____QA Inspector Signatulrx/  
Shipment." a. License number, issuing agency and expiration  
-ate Package and paperwork reviewed flb accuracy by: _ __ _ -Health Physics Signat u Date This package is category Yellow III and requires vehicle placards. (Circle ot Yes / No I accept this shipment, and if this shipment is Yellow I[[, I have been offered radioactive placards at the time the package was offered for transportation.
date specified, b. VERIFY that isotope and activity is approved per Precautions  
Shipment accepted by:_Courier Signature Date Page 2 of 2 Page 2 of 2 Attachment 11.1 MURR-SAS-00007 Service Applications QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner Cask SERVICE APPLICATIONS:
and Limitations
QA/QC PROGRAM: USA DOT 20WC-1 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this QA/QC Procedure is to ensure that the purchasing, testing, use, repair, handling, shipping, storing, inspection, and maintenance of USA DOT 20WC-1 shipping container complies with I OCFR7 1.2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS Refer to Service Applications Departmental Administrative-Shipping Procedure, MURR-SAS-00.
of AP-SHI-001, "Radioactive  
3.0 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOTE. All maintenance materials and supplies shall be stored in a specified locked Quality Control location and designated as such.Access to this location shall be restricted to approved individuals.
Materials  
3.1 DOT 7A Inner Cask 3.1.1 DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket.3.1.2 Reference Drawing MURR # 1294.3.1.3 DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolts.4.0 DEFINITIONS Refer to Service Applications Departmental Administrative-Shipping Procedure, MURR-SAS-00.
Shipping." c. Shipping address is correct.21- Emergency  
5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES Refer to Service Applications Departmental Administrative-Shipping Procedure, MURR-SAS-00.
Response Inftrmation  
6.0 QC CONTROL PROGRAM FOR DOT 7A INNER CASK 6.1 QC for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket 6.1.1 Per Quality Assurance Plan: All Procurement Documents must contain the following statement:
Sheet(s) are attached to the Shipper's  
The University of Missouri has the right of access to the Suppliers' Facilities and Records for Source Inspection and Audit.Rev. 0_2 SA. RM Z Date: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007 paige 2 of 4'CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE MURR-SAS-00007 S Service Applications QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner cask 6.1.2 To order a DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket, prepare the Purchase Order with the following specifications:
Declarationi
* Material:
Straight Bill of Lading.N/A priate entries made in the Cask History Log.I labels verified, in place on opposite sides of the container  
Neoprene.-Thickness:
and thilose rate measurements."r list information  
from each label.must bt e the shipper releasing  
the container.)
TI: 24. The appi primary yve been placed adjacent to the 25.N/A 26.N/A 27.NiA 28.Shipment Waybill(s), a be&#xfd;s l~are affixed to package. (Sodium Iodide Spectrum co led.Consignee  
notified of shipment prior to All steps in the procedure  
have been init itification  
label agree and (Shipment approved for release by: ____QA Inspector  
Signatulrx/  
-ate Package and paperwork  
reviewed flb accuracy by: _ __ _ -Health Physics Signat u Date This package is category Yellow III and requires vehicle placards. (Circle ot Yes / No I accept this shipment, and if this shipment is Yellow I[[, I have been offered radioactive  
placards at the time the package was offered for transportation.
Shipment accepted by:_Courier Signature  
Date Page 2 of 2 Page 2 of 2 Attachment  
11.1  
MURR-SAS-00007
Service Applications  
QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner Cask SERVICE APPLICATIONS:  
QA/QC PROGRAM: USA DOT 20WC-1 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this QA/QC Procedure  
is to ensure that the purchasing, testing, use, repair, handling, shipping, storing, inspection, and maintenance  
of USA DOT 20WC-1 shipping container  
complies with I OCFR7 1.2.0 PRECAUTIONS  
AND LIMITATIONS
Refer to Service Applications  
Departmental  
Administrative-
Shipping Procedure, MURR-SAS-00.
3.0 MATERIALS  
AND EQUIPMENT NOTE. All maintenance  
materials  
and supplies shall be stored in a specified  
locked Quality Control location and designated  
as such.Access to this location shall be restricted  
to approved individuals.
3.1 DOT 7A Inner Cask 3.1.1 DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket.3.1.2 Reference  
Drawing MURR # 1294.3.1.3 DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolts.4.0 DEFINITIONS
Refer to Service Applications  
Departmental  
Administrative-
Shipping Procedure, MURR-SAS-00.
5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
Refer to Service Applications  
Departmental  
Administrative-
Shipping Procedure, MURR-SAS-00.
6.0 QC CONTROL PROGRAM FOR DOT 7A INNER CASK 6.1 QC for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket 6.1.1 Per Quality Assurance  
Plan: All Procurement  
Documents  
must contain the following  
statement:
The University  
of Missouri has the right of access to the Suppliers'  
Facilities  
and Records for Source Inspection  
and Audit.Rev. 0_2 SA. RM Z Date: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007  
paige 2 of 4'CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE  
MURR-SAS-00007
S Service Applications  
QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner cask 6.1.2 To order a DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket, prepare the Purchase Order with the following  
specifications:
* Material:  
Neoprene.-Thickness:  
1/8 inch.-60/70 Shore Duromiter.
1/8 inch.-60/70 Shore Duromiter.
-Include along with the Purchase Order, MURR reference Drawing number 1294 for dimensions.
-Include along with the Purchase Order, MURR reference Drawing number 1294 for dimensions.
6.1.3 The Control Lot Number for tracking purposes shall be the purchase order number followed by a dash and the year (e.g., C12345-95).
6.1.3 The Control Lot Number for tracking purposes shall be the purchase order number followed by a dash and the year (e.g., C12345-95).
6.1.4 Initiate and maintain a QC Packet containing  
6.1.4 Initiate and maintain a QC Packet containing a copy of the purchase order indicating the Control Lot Number.6.1.5 Upon receipt of the ordered gasket(s), perform an Acceptance Inspection using the Quality Control Inspection for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket (Attachment 1).6.1.6 Perform the Acceptance Criteria; Steps 1 through 4.6.1.7 Sign and Date; Indicating the Acceptance Criteria is true.6.1.8 Upon acceptance of the gasket(s), complete the QC Document; Top Portion of Attachment 1, by inserting the following data:* Control Lot #,-Accepted by,-Date.6.1.9 Fold the QC'Document (Attachment
a copy of the purchase order indicating  
: 1) as indicated by the fold lines so that the data of Step 6.1.8 is clearly visible; place a copy of the QC Document into a poly bag along with each of the accepted gasket(s).
the Control Lot Number.6.1.5 Upon receipt of the ordered gasket(s), perform an Acceptance
6.1.10 Heat seal the poly bag and store in the approved QC Storage location.6.1.11 Rejected gaskets must be discarded or returned to the manufacturer at the discretion of the Service Applications-Section Leader.6.1.12 Upon completion of the gasket task, record the gasket change out in the Cask Log Book.6.1.1 3 Place the Gasket QC Sheet into the Shipment Folder.6.2 QC for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolt 6.2.1 Per Quality Assurance Plan; All procurement documents must contain the following statement:
Inspection  
The University of Missouri has the right of access to the suppliers'facilities and records for Source Inspection and Audit.Rev. 02 SA J RM \WC!&#xfd; Datc: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007 page 3 of/X'CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE MURR-SAS-00007 Service Applications QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner Cask 6.2.2 To order DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolts, prepare the Purchase Order with the following specifications:
using the Quality Control Inspection  
* Grade 8 or 8A 304 Stainless Steel,* 3/8 inch by 16 bolt,*1/2 inch to I inch length.6.2.3 The Control Lot Number for tracking purposes shall be the purchase order number followed by a dash and the year (e.g., C 12345-95);
for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket (Attachment  
6.2.4 Initiate and maintain a QC Packet containing a copy of the purchase order indicating the Control Lot Number.6.2.5 Upon receipt of the ordered bolt(s), perform an Acceptance Inspection using the Quality Control Inspection for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolt (Attachment 2).6.2.6 Perform the Acceptance Criteria; Steps I through 3.6.2.7 Sign and Date; Indicating the Acceptance Criteria is true.6.2.8 Upon acceptance of the bolt(s), complete the QC Document; Top portion of Attachment 2, by inserting the following data:-Control Lot #,-Accepted by, , Date.6.2.9 Fold the QC Document (Attachment
1).6.1.6 Perform the Acceptance  
: 2) as indicated by the fold lines so that the data of Step 6.2.8 is clearly visible; place a copy of the QC Document into a poly bag along with the accepted bolts.6.2.10 Heat seal the poly bag and store in the approved QC Storage location.6.2.11 Upon completion of the task, record the change out in the Cask Log Book.6.2.12 Forward the QC Sheet to the QA Supervisor for filing in the appropriate cask file.6.2.13 Rejected bolts must be discarded or returned to the manufacturer at the discretion of the Service Applications-Section Leader.ATTACHMENTS A. Quality Control Inspection:
Criteria;  
Control Check Sheet for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket (Attachment 1).B. Quality Control Inspection:
Steps 1 through 4.6.1.7 Sign and Date; Indicating  
Control Check Sheet for DOT 7A Inner Cask Hold Down Bolt (Attachment 2).Rev. 02 RM \ Date: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007 page 4 of X5S CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE MURR-SAS-00007 Service Applications QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner Cask.i REFERENCES
the Acceptance  
Criteria is true.6.1.8 Upon acceptance  
of the gasket(s), complete the QC Document;  
Top Portion of Attachment  
1, by inserting  
the following  
data:* Control Lot #,-Accepted by,-Date.6.1.9 Fold the QC'Document (Attachment  
1) as indicated  
by the fold lines so that the data of Step 6.1.8 is clearly visible; place a copy of the QC Document into a poly bag along with each of the accepted gasket(s).
6.1.10 Heat seal the poly bag and store in the approved QC Storage location.6.1.11 Rejected gaskets must be discarded  
or returned to the manufacturer  
at the discretion  
of the Service Applications-Section  
Leader.6.1.12 Upon completion  
of the gasket task, record the gasket change out in the Cask Log Book.6.1.1 3 Place the Gasket QC Sheet into the Shipment Folder.6.2 QC for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolt 6.2.1 Per Quality Assurance  
Plan; All procurement  
documents  
must contain the following  
statement:
The University  
of Missouri has the right of access to the suppliers'facilities  
and records for Source Inspection  
and Audit.Rev. 02 SA J RM \WC!&#xfd; Datc: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007  
page 3 of/X'CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE  
MURR-SAS-00007
Service Applications  
QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner Cask 6.2.2 To order DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolts, prepare the Purchase Order with the following  
specifications:
* Grade 8 or 8A 304 Stainless  
Steel,* 3/8 inch by 16 bolt,*1/2 inch to I inch length.6.2.3 The Control Lot Number for tracking purposes shall be the purchase order number followed by a dash and the year (e.g., C 12345-95);
6.2.4 Initiate and maintain a QC Packet containing  
a copy of the purchase order indicating  
the Control Lot Number.6.2.5 Upon receipt of the ordered bolt(s), perform an Acceptance
Inspection  
using the Quality Control Inspection  
for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolt (Attachment  
2).6.2.6 Perform the Acceptance  
Criteria;  
Steps I through 3.6.2.7 Sign and Date; Indicating  
the Acceptance  
Criteria is true.6.2.8 Upon acceptance  
of the bolt(s), complete the QC Document;  
Top portion of Attachment  
2, by inserting  
the following  
data:-Control Lot #,-Accepted by, , Date.6.2.9 Fold the QC Document (Attachment  
2) as indicated  
by the fold lines so that the data of Step 6.2.8 is clearly visible; place a copy of the QC Document into a poly bag along with the accepted bolts.6.2.10 Heat seal the poly bag and store in the approved QC Storage location.6.2.11 Upon completion  
of the task, record the change out in the Cask Log Book.6.2.12 Forward the QC Sheet to the QA Supervisor  
for filing in the appropriate
cask file.6.2.13 Rejected bolts must be discarded  
or returned to the manufacturer  
at the discretion  
of the Service Applications-Section  
Leader.ATTACHMENTS
A. Quality Control Inspection:  
Control Check Sheet for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket (Attachment  
1).B. Quality Control Inspection:  
Control Check Sheet for DOT 7A Inner Cask Hold Down Bolt (Attachment  
2).Rev. 02 RM \ Date: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007  
page 4 of X5S CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE  
MURR-SAS-00007
Service Applications  
QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner Cask.i REFERENCES
-0 ...-.0 .. ...A.- 1OCFR71.B. ..ANSI No. N323-1978.
-0 ...-.0 .. ...A.- 1OCFR71.B. ..ANSI No. N323-1978.
C. SA-QA-Jo.4 Rev. 0_2 SA .RM________  
C. SA-QA-Jo.4 Rev. 0_2 SA .RM________
Date: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007  
Date: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007 page5 of/5 CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE 0 QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTION:
page5 of/5 CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE  
CONTROL CHECK SHEET FOR DOT 7A INNER CASK LID GASKET Acceptance Criteria: 1. You are an Approved Inspector for this procedure.
0 QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTION:
: 2. Verified:
CONTROL CHECK SHEET FOR DOT 7A INNER CASK LID GASKET Acceptance  
Gasket material is black neoprene by reference to Shipping Documents and visual inspection.
Criteria: 1. You are an Approved Inspector  
: 3. Verified:
for this procedure.
Gasket contains no cracks or cuts.4. Verified:
2. Verified:  
Gasket size and thickness meets specifications of MURR Drawing number 1294.All the above Acceptance Criteria is true:/Signature/Date FOLD LINE QC CONTROLLED PART: DOT 7A INNER CASK LID GASKET Control Lot #Accepted by: I F 0 1 L D L II N E Date: Rev. 00 SA AVY RM \M"' Date: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007 Attachment 1.CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTION:
Gasket material is black neoprene by reference to Shipping Documents  
CONTROL CHECK SHEET FOR DOT 7A INNER CASK LID HOLD DOWN BOLT Acceptance Criteria: 1. You are an Approved Inspector for this procedure.
and visual inspection.
: 2. Verified:
3. Verified:  
Bolt material is Grade 8 or 8A Stainless Steel by reference to Shipping Documents and visual inspection.
Gasket contains no cracks or cuts.4. Verified:  
: 3. Verified:
Gasket size and thickness  
Bolt is 3/8 by 16; 1/2 inch to 1 inch length.All the above Acceptance Criteria is true:/Signature/Date FOLD LINE QC CONTROLLED PART: DOT 7A INNER CASK LID HOLD DOWN BOLT.Control Lot #Accepted by: IF 0 1 L D L II N I E Date: Rev. 00 SA RM W'%*Date:
meets specifications
04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007 Attachment 2.CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 MURR MASTER COPY ISSUED flFC 0 7-M07 WAXPW SHIPPING PROCEDURE BPB-SH-005 DOT 6M PACKAGING OF TYPE B NON-WASTE RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL RESPONSIBLE GROUP: PROCEDURE OWNER: APPROVED BY: APPROVED BY: Product & Service Operations, Shipping J. Mike Kilfoil Ronald J. Dobey, Jr // 4 ate /2-Kenneth W. Brooks. Date ,---'This procedure contains the following:
of MURR Drawing number 1294.All the above Acceptance  
Pages Attachments Tables Figures Appendices Check-Off Lists 1 1 None None None None through through through through through through 6 1 BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 I TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page Number 1.0 PURPO SE ...........................................................................................................................
Criteria is true:/Signature/Date
3 2.0 SCOPE ................................................................................................................................
FOLD LINE QC CONTROLLED  
3 3.0 DEFIN ITION S ....................................................................................................................
PART: DOT 7A INNER CASK LID GASKET Control Lot #Accepted by: I F 0 1 L D L II N E Date: Rev. 00 SA AVY RM \M"' Date: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007  
Attachment  
1.CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE  
QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTION:
CONTROL CHECK SHEET FOR DOT 7A INNER CASK LID HOLD DOWN BOLT Acceptance  
Criteria: 1. You are an Approved Inspector  
for this procedure.
2. Verified:  
Bolt material is Grade 8 or 8A Stainless  
Steel by reference  
to Shipping Documents  
and visual inspection.
3. Verified:  
Bolt is 3/8 by 16; 1/2 inch to 1 inch length.All the above Acceptance  
Criteria is true:/Signature/Date
FOLD LINE QC CONTROLLED  
PART: DOT 7A INNER CASK LID HOLD DOWN BOLT.Control Lot #Accepted by: IF 0 1 L D L II N I E Date: Rev. 00 SA RM W'%*Date:  
04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007  
Attachment  
2.CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE  
BPB-SH-005
Revision 5 MURR MASTER COPY ISSUED flFC 0 7-M07 WAXPW SHIPPING PROCEDURE BPB-SH-005
DOT 6M PACKAGING  
OF TYPE B NON-WASTE  
RADIOACTIVE  
MATERIAL RESPONSIBLE  
GROUP: PROCEDURE  
OWNER: APPROVED BY: APPROVED BY: Product & Service Operations, Shipping J. Mike Kilfoil Ronald J. Dobey, Jr // 4 ate /2-Kenneth W. Brooks. Date ,---'This procedure  
contains the following:
Pages Attachments
Tables Figures Appendices
Check-Off  
Lists 1 1 None None None None through through through through through through 6 1  
BPB-SH-005
Revision 5 I TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page Number 1.0 PURPO SE ...........................................................................................................................  
3 2.0 SCOPE ................................................................................................................................  
3 3.0 DEFIN ITION S ....................................................................................................................  
3 4.0 RESPON SIBILITIES  
3 4.0 RESPON SIBILITIES  
....................................................................................................  
....................................................................................................
3 5.0 PRECAUTION  
3 5.0 PRECAUTION S AN D LIM ITATION S ........................................................................
S AN D LIM ITATION S ........................................................................  
3 6.0 PREREQ U ISITES AN D IN ITIA L CON DITION S .......................................................
3 6.0 PREREQ U ISITES AN D IN ITIA L CON DITION S .......................................................  
4 7.0 SPECIA L TOOLS OR EQU IPM EN T ................................................................................
4 7.0 SPECIA L TOOLS OR EQU IPM EN T ................................................................................  
4 8.0 PROCED URE .....................................................................................................................
4 8.0 PROCED URE .....................................................................................................................  
5 9.0 REFEREN CES ...................................................................................................................
5 9.0 REFEREN CES ...................................................................................................................  
6 10.0 RECO RD S ..........................................................................................................................
6 10.0 RECO RD S ..........................................................................................................................  
6 11.0 ATTACHM ENTS ........................................................................................................
6 11.0 ATTACHM ENTS ........................................................................................................  
6 2 BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 DOT 6M PACKAGING OF TYPE B NON-WASTE RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 Provide instructions for packaging of USA DOT 6M Type B non-waste radioactive materials containers.
6 2  
2.0 SCOPE 2.1 Procedural steps for the final packaging of the DOT 6M container.
BPB-SH-005
2.2 This procedure ensures compliance with all applicable regulations, including:
Revision 5 DOT 6M PACKAGING  
* 10 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) .71, Energy (Reference 9.1)* 49 CFR, Transportation (Reference 9.2)* International Air Transport Association (IA TA) Dangerous Goods Regulations (Reference 9.3)* MURR Type B Quality Assurance (QA) Program (Reference 9.4)3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Refer to AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" (Reference 9.6) for list of definitions.
OF TYPE B NON-WASTE  
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Refer to AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" (Reference 9.6) for list of definitions.
RADIOACTIVE  
5.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 5.1 A package of radioactive material shall not be transported unless it is properly described, classed, marked and labeled in accordance with 49 CFR 173 or the JATA Manual, and the MURR Type B QA Program." If the radioactive materialpackage exceeds any of the applicable limits of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, or IATA Manual, then the Manager of Radioactive Materials Shipping or Designee must be immediately notified.* Radioactive material must not leave MURR until the requirements of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, or IA TA manual have been met.5.2 Survey instrumentation used during the performance of this procedure must have a valid "Calibration Current" sticker displayed.
MATERIAL 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 Provide instructions  
3 BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 5.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (CONT.)5.3 The Performer of a shipping process and the QA Inspector must not be the same individual.
for packaging  
Additionally, the QA Inspector must be qualified as a Performer.
of USA DOT 6M Type B non-waste radioactive  
6.0 PREREQUISITES AND INITIAL CONDITIONS 6.1 A person participating in any aspect of this procedure must meet the qualifications of a Shipping Technician as defined in AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" (Reference 9.6).6.2 Consignees (receivers) of MURR shipments of radioactive materials are authorized to receive the type, form, and quantity of radioactive material in accordance with the provisions of 10 CFR 71, Packaging and Transportation of Radioactive Material.6.3 A QA Inspector must review the customer's container and accompanying documentation prior to first use and ensure that the package is part of the MURR Type B QA Program.6.4 Cask has been prepared in accordance with RP-HP-1 10, "Survey and Decontamination of Returned Shipping Containers" (Reference 9.5).6.5 ENSURE all previous shipping labels have been removed from the surface of the container.
materials  
7.0 SPECIAL TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT 7.1 Tools 0 Speed wrench* 15/16" Socket 7.2 Equipment" Luting compound" Personal protective equipment" Radiation survey equipment" Tamper proof seal 4 BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 I 8.0 PROCEDURE NOTE: FM-74, "Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 6M Radioactive Materials Shipment" (Attachment 11.1) requires verification of specific actions in this section. FM-74 is written to be used as a stand alone procedure for preparing DOT 6M shipments.
containers.
This procedure provides additional information to complete this process.8.1 ENSURE 2R cavity does not contain foreign material.8.2 8.3 ENSURE luting compound applied to 2R threads.NOTIFY Reactor Health Physics to conduct radiological surveys on inner shipping container prior to its loading into the 2R.8.4 Working quickly to comply with ALARA, carefully lower inner shipping container into 2R.8.5 Secure screw top lid onto 2R.8.6 ENSURE centering media is in place.8.7 8.8 NOTE: If the closure ring does not sit snugly against the lid then tap the closure ring with a nonmetallic hammer until tight.Secure lid with closure ring.Place a tamper proof seal around locking bolt.NOTE: All packages left in the staging area must have a radiation symbol and a maximum contact dose rate clearly visible on the package.8.9 Place package in final staging area awaiting courier pickup only after completion of shipping documentation and final package checkout.8.10 ENSURE work area is posted with appropriate radiation signs to warn other personnel.
2.0 SCOPE 2.1 Procedural  
8.11 Follow facility procedures and regulatory requirements to ship the DOT 6M.5 BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 I  
steps for the final packaging  
 
of the DOT 6M container.
==9.0 REFERENCES==
2.2 This procedure  
 
ensures compliance  
9.1 10 CFR 71, Energy 9.2 49 CFR, Transportation 9.3 International Air Transport Association (IATA) Dangerous Goods Regulations 9.4 MURR Type B Quality Assurance Program 9.5 RP-HP-1 10, "Survey and Decontamination of Returned Shipping Containers" 9.6 AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" 9.7 DOT Package Specification 10.0 RECORDS 10.1 FM-74, "Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 6M Radioactive Materials Shipment" 11.0 ATTACHMENTS 11.1 FM-74, "Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 6M Radioactive Materials Shipment" 6 BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 FM-74 Revision 9 CONTROL Clt(CKSIEET FOR T UPE I USA DoTr 6M RAI)IOA(ITrIVE MATERIALS SHIPMENT l'e..form~er a QA In.pector canot be ihe .some indlividua4 All QA Super'isois, QA Inspectors and J'erfonners have the authoriy to stop tnsautis/iwtor, work in order to comply ',ithftcdral regulations andMUtRR Shipping procednrox All items or components
with all applicable  
[bund to be in nonconfformance by poevedrn,, inspection, testing or operation are to be imnnwdiately reported to the appropriate Sihipping QA Supervi.)r.
regulations, including:
Affix shipment preprinted identification label here.(Shipment Deitination, Isotope(s), MWRR Identification Number(s) and Activity)Inspector (Initials N/A_Pdrformcr Step fl ,.e--. No Action / Verification rd Container Serial Number:-shield identified per I-IC-PSO-002, "Hot Cell.Preparation of Radioactive Material for inunl."=i, e Iinformation and inner shield label agree.(n%.~am.,oun~l atmtIid to 21 Container threads.7.8.9.10.Security sea] in place. -"-, Record highest dose rate and I Required)Side,______
* 10 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) .71, Energy (Reference  
TI*N!A My!A N/A_N/A N"'A N.1A 11.12.13.14.15.16.17.DOT 6M is <6600 dpw/ 300 cm 2 t O & <660 dpm/ 300 cmz C.Correct shipping name and UIN Number label (RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL, TYPE B(IJ) PACKAGE UN2916) affixed on opposite sides of container.(Include "RQ" before or after if applicable)"TYPE B" is plainly and indelibly marked on outside ofcontainer."TREFOIL." is plainly and indelibly marked on outside ofcontainer.
9.1)* 49 CFR, Transportation (Reference  
9.2)* International  
Air Transport  
Association (IA TA) Dangerous  
Goods Regulations (Reference  
9.3)* MURR Type B Quality Assurance (QA) Program (Reference  
9.4)3.0 DEFINITIONS
3.1 Refer to AP-SH-001, "Administrative  
Procedure" (Reference  
9.6) for list of definitions.
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1 Refer to AP-SH-001, "Administrative  
Procedure" (Reference  
9.6) for list of definitions.
5.0 PRECAUTIONS  
AND LIMITATIONS
5.1 A package of radioactive  
material shall not be transported  
unless it is properly described, classed, marked and labeled in accordance  
with 49 CFR 173 or the JATA Manual, and the MURR Type B QA Program." If the radioactive  
materialpackage  
exceeds any of the applicable  
limits of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, or IATA Manual, then the Manager of Radioactive
Materials  
Shipping or Designee must be immediately  
notified.* Radioactive  
material must not leave MURR until the requirements  
of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, or IA TA manual have been met.5.2 Survey instrumentation  
used during the performance  
of this procedure  
must have a valid "Calibration  
Current" sticker displayed.
3  
BPB-SH-005
Revision 5 5.0 PRECAUTIONS  
AND LIMITATIONS (CONT.)5.3 The Performer  
of a shipping process and the QA Inspector  
must not be the same individual.  
Additionally, the QA Inspector  
must be qualified  
as a Performer.
6.0 PREREQUISITES  
AND INITIAL CONDITIONS
6.1 A person participating  
in any aspect of this procedure  
must meet the qualifications
of a Shipping Technician  
as defined in AP-SH-001, "Administrative  
Procedure" (Reference  
9.6).6.2 Consignees (receivers)  
of MURR shipments  
of radioactive  
materials  
are authorized  
to receive the type, form, and quantity of radioactive  
material in accordance  
with the provisions  
of 10 CFR 71, Packaging  
and Transportation  
of Radioactive  
Material.6.3 A QA Inspector  
must review the customer's  
container  
and accompanying
documentation  
prior to first use and ensure that the package is part of the MURR Type B QA Program.6.4 Cask has been prepared in accordance  
with RP-HP-1 10, "Survey and Decontamination  
of Returned Shipping Containers" (Reference  
9.5).6.5 ENSURE all previous shipping labels have been removed from the surface of the container.
7.0 SPECIAL TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT 7.1 Tools 0 Speed wrench* 15/16" Socket 7.2 Equipment" Luting compound" Personal protective  
equipment" Radiation  
survey equipment" Tamper proof seal 4  
BPB-SH-005
Revision 5 I 8.0 PROCEDURE NOTE: FM-74, "Control Checksheet  
for Type B USA DOT 6M Radioactive
Materials  
Shipment" (Attachment  
11.1) requires verification  
of specific actions in this section. FM-74 is written to be used as a stand alone procedure  
for preparing  
DOT 6M shipments.  
This procedure provides additional  
information  
to complete this process.8.1 ENSURE 2R cavity does not contain foreign material.8.2 8.3 ENSURE luting compound applied to 2R threads.NOTIFY Reactor Health Physics to conduct radiological  
surveys on inner shipping container  
prior to its loading into the 2R.8.4 Working quickly to comply with ALARA, carefully  
lower inner shipping container  
into 2R.8.5 Secure screw top lid onto 2R.8.6 ENSURE centering  
media is in place.8.7 8.8 NOTE: If the closure ring does not sit snugly against the lid then tap the closure ring with a nonmetallic  
hammer until tight.Secure lid with closure ring.Place a tamper proof seal around locking bolt.NOTE: All packages left in the staging area must have a radiation symbol and a maximum contact dose rate clearly visible on the package.8.9 Place package in final staging area awaiting courier pickup only after completion
of shipping documentation  
and final package checkout.8.10 ENSURE work area is posted with appropriate  
radiation  
signs to warn other personnel.
8.11 Follow facility procedures  
and regulatory  
requirements  
to ship the DOT 6M.5  
BPB-SH-005
Revision 5 I 9.0 REFERENCES
9.1 10 CFR 71, Energy 9.2 49 CFR, Transportation
9.3 International  
Air Transport  
Association (IATA) Dangerous  
Goods Regulations
9.4 MURR Type B Quality Assurance  
Program 9.5 RP-HP-1 10, "Survey and Decontamination  
of Returned Shipping Containers" 9.6 AP-SH-001, "Administrative  
Procedure" 9.7 DOT Package Specification
10.0 RECORDS 10.1 FM-74, "Control Checksheet  
for Type B USA DOT 6M Radioactive  
Materials Shipment" 11.0 ATTACHMENTS
11.1 FM-74, "Control Checksheet  
for Type B USA DOT 6M Radioactive  
Materials Shipment" 6  
BPB-SH-005
Revision 5 FM-74 Revision 9 CONTROL Clt(CKSIEET  
FOR T UPE I USA DoTr 6M RAI)IOA(ITrIVE  
MATERIALS  
SHIPMENT l'e..form~er  
a QA In.pector  
canot be ihe .some indlividua4  
All QA Super'isois, QA Inspectors  
and J'erfonners  
have the authoriy to stop tnsautis/iwtor, work in order to comply ',ithftcdral  
regulations  
andMUtRR Shipping procednrox  
All items or components  
[bund to be in nonconfformance  
by poevedrn,, inspection, testing or operation  
are to be imnnwdiately  
reported to the appropriate  
Sihipping  
QA Supervi.)r.
Affix shipment preprinted  
identification  
label here.(Shipment  
Deitination, Isotope(s), MWRR Identification  
Number(s)  
and Activity)Inspector (Initials N/A_Pdrformcr  
Step fl ,.e--. No Action / Verification
rd Container  
Serial Number:-shield identified  
per I-IC-PSO-002, "Hot Cell.Preparation  
of Radioactive  
Material for inunl."=i, e Iinformation  
and inner shield label agree.(n%.~am.,oun~l  
atmtIid to 21 Container  
threads.7.8.9.10.Security sea] in place. -"-, Record highest dose rate and I Required)Side,______
TI*N!A My!A N/A_N/A N"'A N.1A 11.12.13.14.15.16.17.DOT 6M is <6600 dpw/ 300 cm 2 t O & <660 dpm/ 300 cmz C.Correct shipping name and UIN Number label (RADIOACTIVE  
MATERIAL, TYPE B(IJ) PACKAGE UN2916) affixed on opposite sides of container.(Include "RQ" before or after if applicable)"TYPE B" is plainly and indelibly  
marked on outside ofcontainer."TREFOIL." is plainly and indelibly  
marked on outside ofcontainer.
Specification  
Specification  
/ certification  
/ certification is plainly and indelibly marked on outside of DOT 6M conlainer.
is plainly and indelibly  
All appropriate entries made in the cask history log.Place package in staging area prior to completion of BP-SH1-052.(Attached to Procedure:
marked on outside of DOT 6M conlainer.
All appropriate  
entries made in the cask history log.Place package in staging area prior to completion  
of BP-SH1-052.(Attached  
to Procedure:  
BPH-SH-X)5)
BPH-SH-X)5)
Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of I FM-74 Attachment  
Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of I FM-74 Attachment 11.1 Appendix B Specification Sheets for the SAFKEG-LS and SAFKEG-HS Type B Multi-Radioisotope Package Designs MURR Packaging Extension Request M August 2008 Package Design No 3979A Package Name -Safkeg-LS CROFT Package Type Re-usable Type B package for the shipment of solid and liquid radioactive materials.
11.1  
Certification The Safkeg-LS package is being certified by the USNRC as a B(U) Package -the package meets all the requirements of 1 OCFR71 and the IAEA Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, TS-R-I.Description The Safkeg-LS package is designed to be robust and simple to use. The package consists of a stainless steel outer keg which carries a stainless steel and lead shielding pot within cork packing.The outer keg is fabricated in stainless steel and having a flange type lid fastened by studs and nuts.The shielding pot is a lead filled vessel having a fabricated stainless steel shell and cavity walls and having a flange type lid fitted with double O-ring seals and fastened by screws.Containment The containment system is the shielding pot with the containment being provided by the welded stainless cavity walls and the flange closure fitted with double O-ring seals. The pot lid is provided with a test point for leakage testing the containment system in accordance with ANSI N14.5.
Appendix B Specification  
KEG Approved Contents The contents are solid or liquid radioactive materials carried in suitable primary containers to prevent contamination of the shielding pot.The shielding pot may be fitted with additional shielding where required.The radioactive contents are limited by the shielding and contents maximum heat output of 15 W.Physical Data_ Safkeg-LS Package Outer Keg Inner Cork Packing Inner Shielding Pot External Diameter 16.69" 424 mm 6.89" 175 mm External Height 19.45" 494 mm 7.99" 203 mm Internal Diameter 9.68" 246 mm 2.54" 64.5 mm Internal Height 11.26" 286 mm 4.29" 109 mm Tare Weight 77.3 lb 35.1 kg 8.6 lb 3.9 kg 47.6 lb 21.6 kg (May 08]Weight of empty package -134 lb (61 kg).Maximum weight of Safkeg-LS package (including contents)  
Sheets for the SAFKEG-LS  
-149 lb (68 kg).Further Information Contact: Don Edling Telephone:
and SAFKEG-HS  
502-896-8597 Bob Vaughan bob.vaughancacroftltd.com Telephone:  
Type B Multi-Radioisotope  
+44 1865 407740 Croft Associates Ltd, F4 Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 3DB, UK Tel: (01865) 407740 Fax: (01865) 407449 E-mail: salespcroftltd.com Web site: www.croftltd.com
Package Designs MURR Packaging  
\\Terastation\Docs-Approve\DATA Sheets\3979\3979A-Safkeg-LS-Data Sheet-May 2008.wpd Package Design No 3977A Package Name -Safkeg-HS CROFT Package Type Re-usable Type B package for the shipment of solid and liquid radioactive materials.
Extension  
Certification The Safkeg-HS package is being certified by the USNRC as a B(U) Package -the package meets all the requirements of 1OCFR71 and the IAEA Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, TS-R-1.Description The Safkeg-HS package is designed to be robust and'simple to use. The package consists of a stainless steel outer keg which carries a stainless steel and DU shielding pot within cork packing.The outer keg is fabricated in stainless steel and having a flange type lid fastened by studs and nuts.The shielding pot is a DU filled vessel having afabricated stainless steel shell and cavity walls and having a flange type lid fitted with double O-ring seals and fastened by screws.Containment The containment system is the shielding pot with the containment being provided by the welded stainless cavity walls and the flange closure fitted with double O-ring seals. The pot lid is provided with a test point for leakage testing the containment system in accordance with ANSI N14.5.
Request M August 2008  
KEG Approved Contents I i574c The contents are solid or liquid radioactive materials carried in suitable primary containers to prevent contamination of the shielding pot.The shielding pot may be fitted with additional shielding where required.The radioactive contents are limited by the shielding and contents maximum heat output of 15W.Physical Data Safkeg-HS Package Oute Keg Inner Cork Packing Inner Shielding Pot External Diameter 16.69" 424 mm 7.87" 200 mm External Height 23.03" 585 mm 11.85" 301 mm Internal Diameter 9.68" 246 mm 2.71" 68.9 mm Internal Height 14.76" 375 mm 6.12" 155.5 mm Tare Weight 90 lb 40.9 kg 8.6 lb 3.9 kg 234.3 lb 106.5 kg IMay 081 Weight of empty package -333 lb (152 kg).Maximum weight of Safkeg-HS package (including contents)  
Package Design No 3979A Package Name -Safkeg-LS CROFT Package Type Re-usable  
-356 lb (162 kg).Further Information Contact: Don Edling dedlingq'insightbb.com Telephone:
Type B package for the shipment of solid and liquid radioactive  
502-896-8597 Bob Vaughan bob.vaughan@croftltd.com Telephone:  
materials.
+44 1865 407740 Croft Associates Ltd, F4 Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 3DB, UK Tel: (01865) 407740 Fax: (01865) 407449 E-mail: sales@croftltd.com Web site: www.croftltd.com
Certification
\\Terastation\Docs-Approve\DATA Sheets\3977\3977A-Safkeg-HS-Data Sheet-May 2008.wpd Appendix C Project Plan and Timeline for MURR Type B Package Replacement Project Croft Associates, Ltd.MURR Packaging Extension Request WMI Xx August 2008 ID 10 ]Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Jul6 I 6/18 1 Design review and optimization 43 days Mon 9/3/071 Wed 10/31/07 2 IM Stage 1 43 days Mon 9/3/07 Wed 10/31/07 3 Keg prototype 194 days Thu 1111/07 Tue 7/29/08 4 Prototype manufacture 69 days Thu 11/1/07 Tue 2/5/08 5 [] Keg prototype manufacture 69 days Thu 11/1/07 Tue 2/5/08 2 6 Testing 110 days Wed 2/27/08 Tue 7/29/085 7 in Keg prototype 9m drop tests #1, 2 & 3 at normal temps 1 day Wed 2/27/08 Wed 2/27/08 8 5. Keg prototype 9m drop test #4 at -40C with accel 1 day Wed 5/28/08 Wed 5/28/08 7 9 [ Keg prototype 1.2m & 9m drop test #5 & 6 at -40C with accel 2 days Mon 7/14/08 Tue 7/15/08 8 10 Compile test report 10 days Wed 7/16/08 Tue 7/29/08 9 11 Contents definition for LS & HS 226 days Mon 913107 Mon 7/14/08 12 [ Data collection 100 days Mon 9/3/07 Fri 1/18/08 13 [ Report CTN 2008/01 Issue A 30 days Mon 1/28/08 Sat 3/8/08 14 14 Determination of insert dimensions 10 days , Mon 9/3/07 Fri 9/14/07 15 L3 Report CTN 2008/01 Issue B 50 days Mon 3/17/08 Fri 5/23/08 16 Revised iinsert dimensions 10 days Mon 5/26/08 Fri 6/6/08 15 17 [ Report CTN 2008/01 Issue C 20 days Tue 6/17/08 Mon 7/14/08 16 18 Tungsten inserts for LS and HS 51 days Mon 6123108 Mon 9/1/08 19 i] Complete outline drawings 10 days Mon 6/23/08 Fri 7/4/08 16 20 Complete manufacturing drawings 20 days Mon 7/7/08 Fri 8/1/08 19 21 [ Manufacture prototypes 20 days Tue 8/5/08 Mon 9/1/08 20 22 SAFKEG LS 622 days Mon 9/3/07 Tue 1/19/10 23 [] Complete maufacturing drawings 77 days Thu 2/14/08 Fri 5/30/08 2 24 [] Compile manufacturing specs 21 days Mon 6/2/08 Mon 6/30/08 23 25 LS Prototype manufacture 65 days Mon 6/2/08 Fri 8/29/08 26 Prototype manufacture 65 days Mon 6/2/08 Fri 8/29/08 23 27 Analysis 96 days Mon 7/14108 Mon 11/24/08 28 [] Stress analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 7/14/08 Fri 8/22/08 23 29 [ Shielding analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 7/14/08 Fri 8/22/08 23 30 Thermal analysis -final for SARP 30 days Tue 10/14/08 Mon 11/24/08 33 31 Testing 30 days Tue 9/2/08 Mon 10/13/08 32 LS steady state thermal test 15 days Tue 9/2/08 Mon 9/22/08 26,10,21 33 LS NCT & HAC drop tests + 800C thermal test 15 days Tue 9/23/08 Mon 10/13/08 32 34 35 LS SARP compilation 406 days Mon 9/3/07 Mon 3/23/09 36 17 Generating data for the SARP 140 days Mon 9/3/07 Fri 3/14/08 37 Drafting SARP Chapters 65 days Mon 8/25/08 Fri 11/21/08 28,29,36,17 38 Add test data to SARP 10 days Mon 11/24/08 Fri 12/5/08 37,33 39 Add thermal calc results to SARP 10 days Mon 12/8/08 Fri 12/19/08 30,38 40 SARP supporting docs + add to SARP 30 days Mon 12/22/08 Fri 1/30/09 39 41 Assemble complete SARP 10 days Mon 2/2/09 Fri 2/13/09 40 42 Croft review of complete SARP 15 days Mon 2/16/09 Fri 3/6/09 41 43 MURR review of complete SARP 15 days Mon 2/16/09 Fri 3/6/09 41 44 Final revisions 10 days Mon 3/9/09 Fri 3/20/09 43 45 Submission of SARP to NRC at Rev 0 1 day Mon 3/23/09 Mon 3/23/09 44 46 LS SARP review by the NRC and update 216 days Tue 3/24109 Tue 1/19/10 47 NRC-1 st review and issue of RFI 100 days Tue 3/24/09 Mon 8/10/09 45 48 Croft response to RFI 35 days Tue 8/11/09 Mon 9/28/09 47 49 NRC-2nd review and issue of RFI 40 days Tue 9/29/09 Mon 11/23/0948 50 Croft response to RFI 20 days Tue 11/24/09 Mon 12/21/09 49 51 NRC-Compile SER & CoC 20 days Tue 12/22/09 Mon 1/18/10 50 52 NRC-Issue of CoC 1 day Tue 1/19/10 Tue 1/19/10 51 53 SAFKEG HS 657 days Mon 9/3/07 Tue 3/9/10 54 [ Complete maufacturing drawings 152 days Thu 11/1/07 Fri 5/30/08 2 55 Compile manufacturing specs 21 days Mon 6/2/08 Mon 6/30/08 54 56 HS prototype 140 days Mon 6/2/08 Fri 12/12/08 57 E3 DU procurement 110 days Mon 6/2/08 Fri 10/31/08 54 58 E] Prototype manufacture  
The Safkeg-LS  
-parts 65 days Tue 7/1/08 Mon 9/29/08 55,61,63 59 Prototype manufacture  
package is being certified  
-assembly 30 days Mon 11/3/08 Fri 12/12/08 57,58 60 Analysis 338 days Wed 11121/07 Fri 3/6/09 61 [] Preliminary Stress analysis 129 days Wed 11/21/07 Mon 5/19/08 62 [ Stress analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 7/14/08 Fri 8/22/08 2,8,61 63 [ Preliminary Shielding analysis 60 days Wed 11/21/07 Tue 2/12/08 64 [ Shielding analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 7/14/08 Fri 8/22/08 2,14,63 65 [ Thermal analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 1/26/09 Fri 3/6/09 67,68 66 Testing 30 days Mon 12/15/08 Fri 1/23/09 67 HS steady state thermal test 15 days Mon 12/15/08 Fri 1/2/09 59,10,21 68 HS NCT & HAC drop tests + 800C thermal test 15 days Mon 1/5/09 Fri 1/23/09 67 69 HS SARP compilation 441 days Mon 9/3/07 Mon 5/11109 70 [ Generating data for the SARP 247 days Mon 9/3/07 Tue 8/12/08 71 [ Drafting SARP Chapters 65 days Mon 8/25/08 Fri 11/21/08 62,64,13,70 72 [ Add test data to SARP 10 days Mon 1/5/09 Fri 1/16/09 67,71 73 [ Add thermal calc results to SARP 10 days Mon 3/9/09 Fri 3/20/09 72,65 74 [ SARP supporting docs + add to SARP 30 days Mon 11/24/08 Fri 1/2/09 71 75 Assemble complete SARP 10 days Mon 3/23/09 Fri 4/3/09 74,73 76 [ Croft review of complete SARP 15 days Mon 4/6/09 Fri 4/24/09 75 77 MURR review of complete SARP 15 days Mon 4/6/09 Fri 4/24/09 75 78 [ Final revisions 10 days Mon 4/27/09 Fri 5/8/09 77,76 79 Submission of SARP to NRC at Rev 0 1 day Mon 5/11/09 Mon 5/11/09 78 80 HS SARP review by the NRC and update 216 days Tue 5/12/09 Tue 3/9110 81 [ NRC-1 st review and issue of RFI 100 days Tue 5/12/09 Mon 9/28/09 79 82 Croft response to RFI 35 days Tue 9/29109 Mon 111/16/09J81 I January I Apri 10/22 12/3 1/14 2/25 4/7 5/19----------------------.. .------------------------------ --------------.. ..............- --.. ................................... ..... .. ... ..- -I ----------. ............. ------------------ -----............ ............................- -2/27 0 1197 5/28 8 r8...... ............................-----------------.. ......................................- --.............5 / 2 --------------.11/18......~ ~ ~ ~ ----------------------.......................................................... ...................,. ...........................:, ....................., .........................................5126...............................- ... ....... .... ...--- ------------4.- -----.,,:, ., ,,: : ...-- --- -------I ----------------.. ................... ............................. .............---------------6/2........ ..................................- -------------...............................- ................ ...............2/14+-- ----.... ...- ---------------------------.. ..............----................................................ ......----------. .6/--------------------------, .......................................... .....--------------------------. .............-1 1-- ----------2 1- ----------------- ------------ -- --~ --- --------------------- ---------------------------....... ............................................ ........ ......---. ....................... .............. .... .. ... .. .. .. .... ....---------2 .... ..... .. ... .. .... ...--.. ... ....... ................ .. ..... .....--------------------..........------................................................-- -......... .................................. ..........................2 ............... .. ................... ......--. .............................................................-- --. ...................................... ........-------------------...................................----------  
by the USNRC as a B(U) Package -the package meets all the requirements  
of 1 OCFR71 and the IAEA Regulations  
for the Safe Transport  
of Radioactive  
Material, TS-R-I.Description
The Safkeg-LS  
package is designed to be robust and simple to use. The package consists of a stainless  
steel outer keg which carries a stainless  
steel and lead shielding  
pot within cork packing.The outer keg is fabricated  
in stainless  
steel and having a flange type lid fastened by studs and nuts.The shielding  
pot is a lead filled vessel having a fabricated  
stainless  
steel shell and cavity walls and having a flange type lid fitted with double O-ring seals and fastened by screws.Containment
The containment  
system is the shielding  
pot with the containment  
being provided by the welded stainless  
cavity walls and the flange closure fitted with double O-ring seals. The pot lid is provided with a test point for leakage testing the containment  
system in accordance  
with ANSI N14.5.  
KEG Approved Contents The contents are solid or liquid radioactive  
materials  
carried in suitable primary containers  
to prevent contamination  
of the shielding  
pot.The shielding  
pot may be fitted with additional  
shielding  
where required.The radioactive  
contents are limited by the shielding  
and contents maximum heat output of 15 W.Physical Data_ Safkeg-LS  
Package Outer Keg Inner Cork Packing Inner Shielding  
Pot External Diameter 16.69" 424 mm 6.89" 175 mm External Height 19.45" 494 mm 7.99" 203 mm Internal Diameter 9.68" 246 mm 2.54" 64.5 mm Internal Height 11.26" 286 mm 4.29" 109 mm Tare Weight 77.3 lb 35.1 kg 8.6 lb 3.9 kg 47.6 lb 21.6 kg (May 08]Weight of empty package -134 lb (61 kg).Maximum weight of Safkeg-LS  
package (including  
contents)  
-149 lb (68 kg).Further Information
Contact: Don Edling  
Telephone:  
502-896-8597
Bob Vaughan bob.vaughancacroftltd.com  
Telephone:  
+44 1865 407740 Croft Associates  
Ltd, F4 Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 3DB, UK Tel: (01865) 407740 Fax: (01865) 407449 E-mail: salespcroftltd.com
Web site: www.croftltd.com
\\Terastation\Docs-Approve\DATA  
Sheets\3979\3979A-Safkeg-LS-Data  
Sheet-May  
2008.wpd  
Package Design No 3977A Package Name -Safkeg-HS CROFT Package Type Re-usable  
Type B package for the shipment of solid and liquid radioactive  
materials.
Certification
The Safkeg-HS  
package is being certified  
by the USNRC as a B(U) Package -the package meets all the requirements  
of 1OCFR71 and the IAEA Regulations  
for the Safe Transport  
of Radioactive  
Material, TS-R-1.Description
The Safkeg-HS  
package is designed to be robust and'simple  
to use. The package consists of a stainless  
steel outer keg which carries a stainless  
steel and DU shielding  
pot within cork packing.The outer keg is fabricated  
in stainless  
steel and having a flange type lid fastened by studs and nuts.The shielding  
pot is a DU filled vessel having afabricated  
stainless  
steel shell and cavity walls and having a flange type lid fitted with double O-ring seals and fastened by screws.Containment
The containment  
system is the shielding  
pot with the containment  
being provided by the welded stainless  
cavity walls and the flange closure fitted with double O-ring seals. The pot lid is provided with a test point for leakage testing the containment  
system in accordance  
with ANSI N14.5.  
KEG Approved Contents I i574c The contents are solid or liquid radioactive  
materials  
carried in suitable primary containers  
to prevent contamination  
of the shielding  
pot.The shielding  
pot may be fitted with additional  
shielding  
where required.The radioactive  
contents are limited by the shielding  
and contents maximum heat output of 15W.Physical Data Safkeg-HS  
Package Oute Keg Inner Cork Packing Inner Shielding  
Pot External Diameter 16.69" 424 mm 7.87" 200 mm External Height 23.03" 585 mm 11.85" 301 mm Internal Diameter 9.68" 246 mm 2.71" 68.9 mm Internal Height 14.76" 375 mm 6.12" 155.5 mm Tare Weight 90 lb 40.9 kg 8.6 lb 3.9 kg 234.3 lb 106.5 kg IMay 081 Weight of empty package -333 lb (152 kg).Maximum weight of Safkeg-HS  
package (including  
contents)  
-356 lb (162 kg).Further Information
Contact: Don Edling dedlingq'insightbb.com  
Telephone:  
502-896-8597
Bob Vaughan bob.vaughan@croftltd.com  
Telephone:  
+44 1865 407740 Croft Associates  
Ltd, F4 Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 3DB, UK Tel: (01865) 407740 Fax: (01865) 407449 E-mail: sales@croftltd.com
Web site: www.croftltd.com
\\Terastation\Docs-Approve\DATA  
Sheets\3977\3977A-Safkeg-HS-Data  
Sheet-May  
2008.wpd  
Appendix C Project Plan and Timeline for MURR Type B Package Replacement  
Project Croft Associates, Ltd.MURR Packaging  
Extension  
Request WMI Xx August 2008  
ID 10 ]Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors  
Jul6 I 6/18 1 Design review and optimization
43 days Mon 9/3/071 Wed 10/31/07 2 IM Stage 1 43 days Mon 9/3/07 Wed 10/31/07 3 Keg prototype  
194 days Thu 1111/07 Tue 7/29/08 4 Prototype  
manufacture  
69 days Thu 11/1/07 Tue 2/5/08 5 [] Keg prototype  
manufacture  
69 days Thu 11/1/07 Tue 2/5/08 2 6 Testing 110 days Wed 2/27/08 Tue 7/29/085 7 in Keg prototype  
9m drop tests #1, 2 & 3 at normal temps 1 day Wed 2/27/08 Wed 2/27/08 8 5. Keg prototype  
9m drop test #4 at -40C with accel 1 day Wed 5/28/08 Wed 5/28/08 7 9 [ Keg prototype  
1.2m & 9m drop test #5 & 6 at -40C with accel 2 days Mon 7/14/08 Tue 7/15/08 8 10 Compile test report 10 days Wed 7/16/08 Tue 7/29/08 9 11 Contents definition  
for LS & HS 226 days Mon 913107 Mon 7/14/08 12 [ Data collection  
100 days Mon 9/3/07 Fri 1/18/08 13 [ Report CTN 2008/01 Issue A 30 days Mon 1/28/08 Sat 3/8/08 14 14 Determination  
of insert dimensions  
10 days , Mon 9/3/07 Fri 9/14/07 15 L3 Report CTN 2008/01 Issue B 50 days Mon 3/17/08 Fri 5/23/08 16 Revised iinsert dimensions  
10 days Mon 5/26/08 Fri 6/6/08 15 17 [ Report CTN 2008/01 Issue C 20 days Tue 6/17/08 Mon 7/14/08 16 18 Tungsten inserts for LS and HS 51 days Mon 6123108 Mon 9/1/08 19 i] Complete outline drawings 10 days Mon 6/23/08 Fri 7/4/08 16 20 Complete manufacturing  
drawings 20 days Mon 7/7/08 Fri 8/1/08 19 21 [ Manufacture  
prototypes  
20 days Tue 8/5/08 Mon 9/1/08 20 22 SAFKEG LS 622 days Mon 9/3/07 Tue 1/19/10 23 [] Complete maufacturing  
drawings 77 days Thu 2/14/08 Fri 5/30/08 2 24 [] Compile manufacturing  
specs 21 days Mon 6/2/08 Mon 6/30/08 23 25 LS Prototype  
manufacture  
65 days Mon 6/2/08 Fri 8/29/08 26 Prototype  
manufacture  
65 days Mon 6/2/08 Fri 8/29/08 23 27 Analysis 96 days Mon 7/14108 Mon 11/24/08 28 [] Stress analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 7/14/08 Fri 8/22/08 23 29 [ Shielding  
analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 7/14/08 Fri 8/22/08 23 30 Thermal analysis -final for SARP 30 days Tue 10/14/08 Mon 11/24/08 33 31 Testing 30 days Tue 9/2/08 Mon 10/13/08 32 LS steady state thermal test 15 days Tue 9/2/08 Mon 9/22/08 26,10,21 33 LS NCT & HAC drop tests + 800C thermal test 15 days Tue 9/23/08 Mon 10/13/08 32 34 35 LS SARP compilation  
406 days Mon 9/3/07 Mon 3/23/09 36 17 Generating  
data for the SARP 140 days Mon 9/3/07 Fri 3/14/08 37 Drafting SARP Chapters 65 days Mon 8/25/08 Fri 11/21/08 28,29,36,17
38 Add test data to SARP 10 days Mon 11/24/08 Fri 12/5/08 37,33 39 Add thermal calc results to SARP 10 days Mon 12/8/08 Fri 12/19/08 30,38 40 SARP supporting  
docs + add to SARP 30 days Mon 12/22/08 Fri 1/30/09 39 41 Assemble complete SARP 10 days Mon 2/2/09 Fri 2/13/09 40 42 Croft review of complete SARP 15 days Mon 2/16/09 Fri 3/6/09 41 43 MURR review of complete SARP 15 days Mon 2/16/09 Fri 3/6/09 41 44 Final revisions  
10 days Mon 3/9/09 Fri 3/20/09 43 45 Submission  
of SARP to NRC at Rev 0 1 day Mon 3/23/09 Mon 3/23/09 44 46 LS SARP review by the NRC and update 216 days Tue 3/24109 Tue 1/19/10 47 NRC-1 st review and issue of RFI 100 days Tue 3/24/09 Mon 8/10/09 45 48 Croft response to RFI 35 days Tue 8/11/09 Mon 9/28/09 47 49 NRC-2nd review and issue of RFI 40 days Tue 9/29/09 Mon 11/23/0948
50 Croft response to RFI 20 days Tue 11/24/09 Mon 12/21/09 49 51 NRC-Compile  
SER & CoC 20 days Tue 12/22/09 Mon 1/18/10 50 52 NRC-Issue  
of CoC 1 day Tue 1/19/10 Tue 1/19/10 51 53 SAFKEG HS 657 days Mon 9/3/07 Tue 3/9/10 54 [ Complete maufacturing  
drawings 152 days Thu 11/1/07 Fri 5/30/08 2 55 Compile manufacturing  
specs 21 days Mon 6/2/08 Mon 6/30/08 54 56 HS prototype  
140 days Mon 6/2/08 Fri 12/12/08 57 E3 DU procurement  
110 days Mon 6/2/08 Fri 10/31/08 54 58 E] Prototype  
manufacture  
-parts 65 days Tue 7/1/08 Mon 9/29/08 55,61,63 59 Prototype  
manufacture  
-assembly 30 days Mon 11/3/08 Fri 12/12/08 57,58 60 Analysis 338 days Wed 11121/07 Fri 3/6/09 61 [] Preliminary  
Stress analysis 129 days Wed 11/21/07 Mon 5/19/08 62 [ Stress analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 7/14/08 Fri 8/22/08 2,8,61 63 [ Preliminary  
Shielding  
analysis 60 days Wed 11/21/07 Tue 2/12/08 64 [ Shielding  
analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 7/14/08 Fri 8/22/08 2,14,63 65 [ Thermal analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 1/26/09 Fri 3/6/09 67,68 66 Testing 30 days Mon 12/15/08 Fri 1/23/09 67 HS steady state thermal test 15 days Mon 12/15/08 Fri 1/2/09 59,10,21 68 HS NCT & HAC drop tests + 800C thermal test 15 days Mon 1/5/09 Fri 1/23/09 67 69 HS SARP compilation  
441 days Mon 9/3/07 Mon 5/11109 70 [ Generating  
data for the SARP 247 days Mon 9/3/07 Tue 8/12/08 71 [ Drafting SARP Chapters 65 days Mon 8/25/08 Fri 11/21/08 62,64,13,70
72 [ Add test data to SARP 10 days Mon 1/5/09 Fri 1/16/09 67,71 73 [ Add thermal calc results to SARP 10 days Mon 3/9/09 Fri 3/20/09 72,65 74 [ SARP supporting  
docs + add to SARP 30 days Mon 11/24/08 Fri 1/2/09 71 75 Assemble complete SARP 10 days Mon 3/23/09 Fri 4/3/09 74,73 76 [ Croft review of complete SARP 15 days Mon 4/6/09 Fri 4/24/09 75 77 MURR review of complete SARP 15 days Mon 4/6/09 Fri 4/24/09 75 78 [ Final revisions  
10 days Mon 4/27/09 Fri 5/8/09 77,76 79 Submission  
of SARP to NRC at Rev 0 1 day Mon 5/11/09 Mon 5/11/09 78 80 HS SARP review by the NRC and update 216 days Tue 5/12/09 Tue 3/9110 81 [ NRC-1 st review and issue of RFI 100 days Tue 5/12/09 Mon 9/28/09 79 82 Croft response to RFI 35 days Tue 9/29109 Mon 111/16/09J81  
I January I Apri 10/22 12/3 1/14 2/25 4/7 5/19----------------------.. .------------------------------ --------------.. ..............- --.. ................................... ..... .. ... ..- -I ----------. ............. ------------------ -----............ ............................- -2/27 0 1197 5/28 8 r8...... ............................-----------------.. ......................................- --.............5 / 2 --------------.11/18......~ ~ ~ ~ ----------------------.......................................................... ...................,. ...........................:, ....................., .........................................5126...............................- ... ....... .... ...--- ------------4.- -----.,,:, ., ,,: : ...-- --- -------I ----------------.. ................... ............................. .............---------------6/2........ ..................................- -------------...............................- ................ ...............2/14+-- ----.... ...- ---------------------------.. ..............----................................................ ......----------. .6/--------------------------, .......................................... .....--------------------------. .............-1 1-- ----------2 1- ----------------- ------------ -- --~ --- ----------------------2- ---------------------------....... ............................................ ........ ......---. ....................... .............. .... .. ... .. .. .. .... ....---------2 .... ..... .. ... .. .... ...--.. ... ....... ................ .. ..... .....--------------------..........------................................................-- -......... .................................. ..........................2 ............... .. ................... ......--. .............................................................-- --. ...................................... ........-------------------...................................----------  
---------------
---------------
--------------------------
--------------------------
Line 3,231: Line 500:
4/6 416-----------
4/6 416-----------
................
................
iii 5/1(2  
iii 5/1(2 I October IJanuary I April 8/24 10/5 11/16 12/28 2/8 3/22..........-------------------------....---------------------------------------------------  
I October IJanuary I April 8/24 10/5 11/16 12/28 2/8 3/22..........-------------------------....---------------------------------------------------  
----------
----------
---------------
---------------
Line 3,246: Line 514:
-------------------
-------------------
----------------
----------------
-------------  
-------------
I------------
I------------
------- --------------------
------- --------------------
Line 3,273: Line 541:
9 /29 8..........................11.................  
9 /29 8..........................11.................  
.....................
.....................
9 /2 9 &#xfd; -------------------------------------------------
9 /2 9 &#xfd; -------------------------------------------------}}
}}

Revision as of 07:42, 12 July 2019

University of Missouri Request for Extending Use of Expiring Transportation Packages
ML082660725
Person / Time
Site: University of Missouri-Columbia
Issue date: 08/22/2008
From: Rhonda Butler
Univ of Missouri - Columbia
To: Brach E
NRC/NMSS/SFST
References
RIS-08-018
Download: ML082660725 (87)


Text

{{#Wiki_filter:Research Reactor Center University of Missouri 1513 Research Park Drive Columbia, MO 65211 PHONE 573-882-4211 FAX 573-882-6360 WEB http://web.missouri.edu/-murrwww 22 August 2008 E. William Brach Director, Division of Spent Fuel Storage and Transportation Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, D.C., 20555-001

Subject:

Request for Extending Use of Expiring Transportation Packages

Dear Director Brach,

This letter. serves as a request from the University of Missouri Research Reactor (MURR) to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) that NRC grant MURR permission to continue using packaging for the shipment of Type B quantities of radioactive materials beyond October 1, 2008, when authorization to use those packages is set to expire.Specifically, MURR requests permission for continued, but limited, use until October 1, 2010 of the existing Type B packages currently in service. These packages were built and are maintainedto U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) specifications 20WC and 6M conforming in all aspects to the requirements of 49 CFR Subchapter C, in effect on October 1, 2003.. On or before October 1, 2010 it is expected that a fleet of radioactive materials packages compliant with 10 CFR 71 will be in service at MURR.Per NRC Regulatory Issue Summary 2008-18 "Information on Requests for extending use of Expiring Transportation Packages," the following information is provided. Please note that this same request for extended use of the packages has been submitted under separate cover to DOT, in accordance with 49 CFR 107.105.1. Package Information Please refer to Table I below for a comprehensive listing of the DOT specification package fleet currently operated by MURR, along with their serial numbers, model, and year of manufacture. MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 1 of 14 22 August 2008 Ao,ý- (D FIGHTING CANCER wrrIH ToMoRxow's TECHNOLOGY Table 1 DOT Specification Packaging Operated By MURR Serial Year of Number Model Manufacture 4016 20WC-1 1996 4018 20WC-1 1996 4021 20WC-1 1996 4023 20WC-1 1996 4001 20WC-1 2000 4002 20WC-1 2000 4003 20WC-1 2000 4004 20WC-1 2000 1802 6M (15 gallon) 1997 1803 6M (15 gallon) 1997 1820 6M (15 gallon) 1997 1824 6M (15 gallon) 1997 1863 6M (30 gallon) 1997 2256 6M (10 gallon) 1999 2162 6M (10 gallon) 2000 2257 6M (10 gallon) 2002 1866 6M (10 gallon) 2003 2161 6M (10 gallon) 2003 1864 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2160 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2165 6M (30 gallon) 2004 2991 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2992 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2993 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2994 6M (10 gallon) 2004 MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 2 of 14 22 August 2008 2995 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2996 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2998 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2999 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2258 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2990 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2997 6M (10 gallon) 2004 2. Identification of Shipments. (a) Number of shipments; (b) number of packages per shipment; (c) packaging serial numbers; (d) package contents; (e) end use of the radioactive material; (f) shipment origin and destination; (g) mode; (h) general timeframe (e.g., first quarter 2009); and (i) date last shipment will be completed. MURR is the primary or sole domestic source for many radionuclides used daily in cancer-fighting radiopharmaceuticals, research techniques and industrial applications. These shipments are made on a regular, ongoing basis and will continue until new packages are available in October 2010.Table 2 gives, a breakdown and summary of those shipments and Table 3 provides details on the use of the radioactive material shipped.All shipments originate at MURR, located in Columbia, Missouri.The packaging serial numbers will vary as packages are rotated in and out of service, though the general package type (either 6M or 20WC) will be the same for each shipment. Please see Table 1 for a complete list of serial numbers for each package in service at MURR.Table 2 Shipment of Type B Quantities of Radionuclides from MURR Packages Current Isotope Shipped Package Form Mode/Destination/Distance per Week Used Sm-153 1 6M Solid Charter Air/1 300 miles/Boston Area Ground (truck)/multiple destinations -New Orleans Area, Boston Area, Southern California/1 000 miles -1700 miles Ir-194 Solid Impurity, see Table 3 Ba- 1 20WC Solid Ground (truck)/Seattle area/2000 135m miles Ba-131 Solid "Impurity," see Table 3 Cs-131 Solid "Impurity," see Table 3 MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 3 of 14 22 August 2008 Table I Use of Radionuclides Shipped in Type B Quantities Isotope Form Use Sm-153 Solid (powder in quartz vial in canister) Cancer Treatment Ir-192 Solid (wires or buttons in aluminum Cancer Treatments, block or confinement) Industrial Radiography Ir-194 Solid (wires or buttons in aluminum Impurity with Ir-192 block or confinement) Ba-135m Solid (powder in canister) Impurity with Ba-131, dominant isotope for shipping Ba-131 Solid (powder in canister) Parent of Cs-131 Cs-131 Solid (powder in canister) Cancer Treatment, daughter from Ba-131 P-32 Solid (powder in canister) Tracer for biomedical research Yb-169 Solid (powder in quartz vial in canister) Cancer Treatment 3. Reasons for Requesting Extended Use. Justification for extending the use of expiring packages must describe why acquiring replacement packages is not practical and why shipments cannot be made before the October 1, 2008, expiration date. The justification must demonstrate that: (a) there are no alternative domestically approved packages available; (b) the contents cannot be reconfigured such that transport can be conducted in accordance with the regulations; and (c) the transport schedule cannot be adjusted so as to be conducted in accordance with the regulations. The justification must also describe any good-faith efforts to acquire replacement packages that meet the current package performance requirements, including a detailed description of past activities and the current status of acquiring replacement packages. In addition, any adverse impacts that will result if the shipment is not conducted should be fully described. MURR has attempted to meet the regulations in a timely manner. Upon the implementation of the new regulations in 2003, it was expected that industry would provide packages to the 10 CFR 71 standard. MURR, as a research institution and producer of medical, industrial and research radioisotopes, planned to purchase approved designs in the open market.MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 4 of 14 22 August 2008 Industry did not step forward and no designs meeting the varied research, medical and industrial radioisotope needs of MURR have been approved by the NRC as of this writing.Unsuitability of Alternative or Currently Approved Packages There are some packages that are currently permitted for use after October 1, 2008 that were considered by MURR as possible base designs to transport the radionuclides shown in Table 2 and Table 3. These include: " MIDUS approved under NRC Certificate of Compliance 9320* ES-3100 approved under NRC Certificate of Compliance 9315* MDS Nordion USA/0126/B(U)-96 under NRC Certificate of Compliance 0126* A variety of packages dedicated to special form material, such as the SPEC-1 50 (CoC 9263), SPEC-300 (CoC 9282) and the IR-100 (CoC 9157)The MIDUS package comes close to meeting many of the needs for a 20WC-1 replacement package. MIDUS is designed to transport Mo-99 as natrium molybdate in liquid form. The package weighs 330 kg (727 Ibs) but is well-shielded and the basic design is approved. The manufacturer of the MIDUS submitted a response to the RFP issued in 2007, however the proposed cost structure was far too expensive for MURR's budget. This was unexpected as MURR had initially assumed that this proven design would require a relatively inexpensive refit to expand the contents and serve as a 20WC-1 replacement. The ES-31 00 is designed for fissile material transport and weighs 190.5 kg (420 Ibs). In its current form, it is too heavy to replaced the 6M, yet too lightly shielded (using a stainless steel containment vessel) to transport the high-activity radionuclides required by MURR's clients and research partners. A similar package, the 9977 B(M)F-96, was submitted in response to the second Request for Bid issued in 2005, but the cost structure proposed for a 6M replacement design and refit for 20WC-1 ireplacement was far too expensive. The MDS Nordion package designated USA/0126/B(U)-96 is an excellent analog of the 20WC-1 and meets the needs for that type of packaging. It weighs 148 kg (326 Ibs) and is approved for multi-radionuclide use. Using the design, investing in getting U.S. regulatory approval for domestic use and then building the packages through MDS Nordion was an early idea for meeting at least a portion of MURR's packaging needs. MDS Nordion consistently rejected MURR's inquiries over several years on grounds that the design is proprietary and that MDS Nordion saw no business interest in allowing MURR to license and/or buy the design.The various special form packages are all highly specialized packages and dedicated to specific source types. In addition, many of these packages are designed by the companies that produce or ship the special form material and are considered proprietary designs. In addition, such designs are not easily reworked to ship solids and liquids rather than special form material.Such work and expense would be better spent on packages designed for the purpose.In summary, while some packages that have been granted a Certificate of Compliance by NRC would appear to be good base designs to help meet MURR's packaging needs, none would MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 5 of 14 22 August 2008 meet even a small portion of the Type B package replacement needs today and even with significant work and efforts to upgrade the designs, they fall far short of the replacement packages currently under contract for design and delivery.Reconfiquringq the Contents MURR investigated the possibility of dividing the radioactive material currently shipped in Type B quantities into multiple Type A shipments. Due to ALARA concerns, the nature of the material shipped and a variety of handling issues, this was not regarded as feasible ALARA Concerns -Applies to Sm-153, Ir-192 (Ir-194), Ba-135m (Ba-131, Cs-131), P-32, Yb-169 As an NRC licensee, MURR is required to adhere to an "As Low As Reasonably Achievable" policy in regards to radiation exposure to staff per 10 CFR 20.1101 (b).After the designated irradiation period for the material in question, the material is allowed to decay for a period of time and then the canisters are removed from the reactor pool.In the case of the material encased in quartz vials, the canisters are opened inside of a hot cell and the quartz vial removed. This quartz vial is enclosed in a shielded container which is then placed in a Type B package for shipment.In the case of material that is stored in only the aluminum canister, the canister is placed directly into the Type B package, after being cleaned.To require MURR to open a welded can containing open radioactive powder, or the break open a quartz vial containing radioactive powder in order to divide the material into multiple Type A shipments invites a host of potential exposure problems, including: " Free powder can contaminate the hot cell in which the work is being performed. This dramatically increases the chances that the material will contaminate the manipulators and various surfaces in the hot cell, requiring hours or days of decontamination and survey work and consequently more radiation exposure to staff.* Iridium wires or buttons are encased in aluminum blocks for irradiation positioning and shipping purposes. To saw, cut or dissolve the aluminum would require hours of work with intensely radioactive materials and an increase in the radioactive waste stream, generating mixed waste if the dissolution method was chosen." The extra hours spent on this process requires the hot cell workers to endure more exposure. Currently, typical exposure rates for hot cell workers are 5-10 mR per hour.Adding hours of processing time or decontamination work would quickly increase the radiation exposure to those workers.* Each package must be surveyed after loading. Instead of five to seven Type B packages to survey, the shipping and health physics staff would now have at least twenty or more Type A packages to survey, increasing the exposure time.MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 6 of 14 22 August 2008 Exposure rates would increase dramatically under any plan that required MURR to break the materials into Type A quantities prior to shipping.Material and Handling Issues -Applies to Sm-153, Ir-192 (Ir-194), Ba-135m (Ba-131, Cs-13 1), P-32, Yb-169 The materials shown in Table 2, above, are sealed in welded aluminum canisters and leak-tested prior to being irradiated. Some materials, such as Sm-1 53, are first sealed in quartz vials before being welded into the canisters. Other material, such as Ba-131/Ba-135m/Cs-131 product are sealed directly into the welded canister and not encased in a quartz vial.A variety of handling issues also arise in subdividing radioactive material into Type A quantities. Any increase in complexity can have a direct impact on safety. Some issues include:* The increased workload would result in a bottleneck in getting packages out the door as the number of packages shipped by MURR increased dramatically. This would result in delays and reduced efficacy of the radionuclides when used in cancer treatments, research or industrial uses.* For our radiopharmaceutical clients, breaking the quartz vial and parceling out the radioactive powder into smaller quantities would make it unusable in a radiopharmaceutical that has been approved by the Federal Drug Administration (FDA).Some of our clients require a specific target material and sample size as part of their processing procedures as approved by the FDA or other regulatory bodies. Their quality programs require the use of a single discrete sample etched with a QA number that must be confirmed by the radiopharmaceutical manufacturer before production can begin. Subdividing such quantities is not realistic for our clients' and partners' intended, approved, use.* Similarly, the radionuclides that are used in medical applications are sterilized by the intense gamma radiation exposure they experience during irradiation at MURR.Opening these sealed containers (to separate the material into Type A quantities) in a non-sterile environment allows for the introduction of both biological and non-biological contaminants. This invites a host of contamination issues and likely renders the samples unusable.The ALARA and materials handling issues raise significant concerns for workers and end-users, including patients. As a result, it is not feasible to subdivide all of MURR's Type B shipments into a greatly increased number of Type A shipments. Readiusting the Transport Schedule As MURR serves medical, research and industrial customers on an ongoing basis, a readjustment of transportation schedules would not help alleviate the need for permission from the NRC to continue using the DOT specification packages on and past October 1, 2008.MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 7 of 14 22 August 2008 Efforts to Meet the ReQulations It became clear over the course of 2004 that industry would not be stepping forward to design, gain approval for, and manufacture packages suited to the varied needs of MURR's research, medical and industrial partners. MURR then attempted to prod the market by initiating contract bids. Over the course of 2005, MURR initiated two Requests for Bid, soliciting industry for a contract to design, test and fabricate packages meeting 10 CFR 71. The first bid met with no response. The second bid produced one response that could not be implemented due to excessive costs.In 2006, MURR then formed an investigative team to determine the feasibility of obtaining the necessary licensing to design, test and build packages to the 10 CFR 71 standard in-house.This was not a feasible solution in terms of expertise, experience and financing. The above efforts having met with no success, MURR then issued a Request for Proposal in March of 2007 which resulted in four vendor responses. A vendor was awarded a contract in August of 2007 and work is underway for the design, testing and fabrication of Type B Packages that will satisfy 10 CFR 71.The NRC has issued a docket number for each design. The 6M replacement has a docket number of 71-9337 and the 20WC-1 replacement has a docket number of 71-9338. Details on the project itself are provided in Section 5, below.Adverse Impacts If MURR is denied permission to continue using DOT specification packaging, it will result in a severe impact on the domestic supply of radioisotopes for medical uses, industrial applications and research and will have dramatic consequences for MURR as it currently operates.MURR relies on Type B DOT specification package shipments for roughly 30% of its Products &Services revenue. Losing this revenue will result in significant, unsustainable budget shortfalls. Such a significant loss of revenue, combined with the large sums already spent and budgeted for the Type B package replacement project could not be absorbed by MURR.Having the ability to ship in DOT specification packaging becomes even more critical if some of MURR's partners and customers lose the ability to ship in their DOT specification packaging come October 1, 2008. If MURR is allowed to continue to ship, we can fill the gap for those customers of ours who choose not to apply for, or are denied, permission to operate DOT specification packages past the deadline. The shipment details provided in Table 2 above do not include shipments made in customer-owned packages, some of which are DOT specification packages.Effects on Individual Isotopes MURR is the sole domestic source for Sm-1 53, Ir-1 92, Cs-1 31, P-32, and Yb-1 69. MURR's relatively high flux (4E14 n/cm 2-sec), consistent operating schedule (averaging 150 hours/week, 52 weeks per year since the late 1970's) and our central geographic location make us the only MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 8 of 14 22 August 2008 reliable and efficient source for the high-activity radionuclides needed for medical, industrial and research use.The Sm-153 provided by MURR is the radioactive component of a cancer-fighting radiopharmaceutical, Quadramet. Without the ability to ship the Sm-1 53 in a DOT specification package, that product can not be produced and provided to cancer victims.The Ir-192 provided by MURR is used by a variety of companies for both brachytherapy applications and industrial radiography needs. These companies could rely on foreign reactors for this material, but MURR is a preferred supplier to them due to our reliable schedule. Without the ability to ship Ir-192 in DOT specification packages, the United States loses a major domestic source of this isotope, and the only source that can reliably produce it week in and week out.The Cs-1 31 provided by MURR is used as the radioactive component for a variety of cancer treatments. We are the sole domestic source for this radionuclide. If we lose the ability to ship this radionuclide in DOT specification packaging, the manufacturer of the cancer therapy agents will be forced to turn to foreign reactors for supply.MURR is the sole domestic source for P-32. Other reactors can provide it to our customer, but at the cost of relying solely on foreigner reactors for this critical component of biomedical research.Yb-169 is supplied to a customer for continuing cancer medicine research and therapies. As with the other radionuclides, MURR is the sole domestic source for this material.If MURR loses the ability to ship these radioisotopes in DOT Type B specification packaging, the ripple effects will extend into various industries and into the lives of patients receiving cancer therapies.

4. Safety Justification for Continued Use and Proposed Compensatory Measures.Since the expiring package designs may lack safety enhancements included in newer designs, the request must include a safety justification for continued use and a description of compensatory measures that will be used to provide an equivalent level of safety. Examples of compensatory measures that may be considered are: (a) special package inspections, tests, or determinations that ensure that the packaging is in unimpaired physical condition; (b) transport by exclusive use; (c) transport during time of low road usage; and (d)accompaniment of shipment by escort equipped to effect a recovery in an emergency situation or in case of a transportation accident.MURR operates, and will continue to operate, the existing fleet of DOT specification packages in compliance with 49 CFR 173.416(c), which requires MURR to conform "in all aspects to the requirements of this subchapter in effect on October 1, 2003." Adherence to the applicable regulations is governed by MURR SOP AP-SH-001 (Administrative Procedure, Radioactive Material Shipping).

MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 9 of 14 22 August 2008 Compliance with the DOT regulations is demonstrated through a variety of inspection, operation and maintenance programs. In addition, MURR operates the package fleet under an NRC-approved Quality Assurance (QA) program.Please note that all Standard Operating Procedures referenced below, as well as the QA/QC Program Service Applications and official checklists are reproduced in full in Appendix A.Inspection Upon the return of a DOT specification package to MURR by a customer, the package is first surveyed for contamination, per MURR SOP RP-HP-110 (Survey and Decontamination of Returned Shipping Containers). The package is then inspected by a Certified Shipping Technician and the condition recorded on the "Type B Cask Inspection Log" which is kept for each DOT specification package. Every single DOT specification package must be inspected in this manner when it returns to the facility.If there is a need for minor repairs or maintenance, this is noted and the maintenance is performed under the appropriate procedure. Operation MURR operates the packages in a manner that ensures safe operation of the fleet and provides for constant inspections of the packages themselves by both a worker and reviewer." BPB-SH-002 (20WC-1 Packaging and Shipment of Type B Non-Waste Radioactive Material)o FM-35 (Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 20WC-1 Radioactive Material Shipment)o MURR-SAS-00007 (QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner Cask)" Attachment 1 (Control Checksheet for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket)" Attachment 2 (Control Checksheet for DOT 7A inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolt)* BPB-SH-005 (DOT 6M Packaging and Shipment of Type B Non-Waste Radioactive Material)o FM-74 (Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 6M Radioactive Material Shipment)Maintenance The DOT specification packages are integrated into MURR's facility-wide preventive maintenance program. MURR utilizes a standard industry software package (MAXIMO) for MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 10 of 14 22 August 2008 scheduling and tracking preventive maintenance. This software generates automatic notices of when maintenance is due, assigns the task to a responsible party and allows for tracking and status reports of the work.The preventive maintenance items currently scheduled for the DOT specification packages are annual replacement of gaskets in the DOT 7A Inner Cask used by the 20WC-1 packagings and for calibration and inspection of the torque wrenches and other tools used in working with the packages.Maintenance and inspection is intimately tied to Operation, requiring a constant review of all packages in service to assure that they meet the regulations governing packaging. NRC Quality Assurance Program MURR operates the DOT specification package fleet under NRC QA Certification No. 71-0108, Revision No. 8 and the associated QA Plan. This plan may be found in Appendix C. This QA program allows for maintenance, repair and use of the packagings. The QA plan provides a framework for compliance with 10 CFR 71, Subpart H. This QA Program applies to all activities affecting the DOT specification packages and their components. The program comprises the planned and systematic actions necessary to provide confidence that the package will perform satisfactorily while in service.The Program In summary, each package is subject to a complete inspection every time it is used and returned to MURR. This program allows for the constant monitoring of the fleet and provides for immediate action to repair the packages or replace components when necessary. This constant review of the packages helps to ensure that the fleet is maintained in at least fair condition at all times.5. A Plan and Schedule to Acquire Replacement Packages or Complete Necessary Shipments. Details about the planned acquisition of replacement packages must be provided, along with key milestones, and proposed implementation dates, unless the licensee can show why acquiring a replacement package is not practical and why shipments cannot be made before the October 1, 2008, expiration date.The University of Missouri Research Reactor (MURR) signed a $2 million contract (in response to University of Missouri RFP #C032907) with a package design and manufacturing vendor, Croft Associates, Ltd. on 22 August 2007.This contract requires the vendor to design, build and gain NRC and DOT approval of two new Type B package designs. These designs are: 1. The SAFKEG-LS, which will replace the 6M DOT specification package and weigh less than 68 kilograms (150 pounds) fully loaded MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 11 of 14 22 August 2008

2. The SAFKEG-HS, which will replace the 20WC DOT specification package Please refer to Appendix B for specification sheets describing each package design in general terms.MURR has spent over $320,000 to date on the Type B Package Replacement Project and is projected to spend over $2 million total (for contracted and off-contract expenses) by the end of the contract.Please note that we have split the program into separate production tracks for the LS and HS designs. There are substantial lead times involved in acquiring the depleted uranium (DU)necessary for the HS design. The LS design faces no such production challenges and the Safety Analysis Report for Packaging (SARP) for the LS will be submitted to the NRC several months in advance of the HS SARP.It is hoped that the experience gained from the LS SARP review will speed the approval of the HS SARP by NRC, though this obviously cannot be guaranteed.

Key Accomplishments to Date To date, the vendor has completed the following major tasks:* Package Designs are complete, manufacturing drawings have been prepared for the designs* Materials studies have been compiled for the stainless steel and DU components. Full testing of the proposed packing material is scheduled for August* Extensive work has been done on describing and evaluating the means to contain the nearly 50 radionuclides that MURR will require to be listed on the eventual Certificate of Compliance, including the design of shielded re-usable containers that will be packed in the containment vessel" Finite Element Analysis (FEA) for Stress has been performed for the package designs, analyzing the outer stainless steel shell, packing material and inner containment vessel* Shielding calculations have been performed for the package designs using worst-case scenarios for placement and activity of radioactive material" Orders have been placed with a specialty manufacturer to forge depleted uranium shields for the HS prototype* The vendor's Quality Assurance program was audited by the NRC in May of 2008 and approval granted to conduct all design, testing and SARP work* Drop tests have been performed at both ambient temperature and -40 0 C, from 9 meters, on a "pre-prototype" unit to confirm structural properties of the stainless steel and MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 12 of 14 22 August 2008 packing material, as well as to acquire g-loadings for use in further FEA Stress calculations Significant progress on a draft SARP for each design has been made The above tasks are merely highlights of the work conducted to date.Upcoming Tasks Some key upcoming task items and due dates are provided in Table 4 below.Table 4 Key Upcoming Tasks for MURR Type B Package Replacement Project Estimated Task Etioate Comments Completion Date LS Prototype 29 August 2008 Manufacture LS Prototype Tests 13 October 2008 Includes steady state thermal testing and all drop tests and comparison to computer models LS SARP 23 March 2009 Completion date is the expected submission date Compilation of Rev 0 to NRC Issuance of SER This is an estimate and dependent upon the NRC and Certification by January 2010 review process.NRC LS Manufacturing May 2010 This is entirely dependent upon the NRC review process HS Prototype 12 December Manufacture 2008 HS Prototype Tests 23 January 2008 Includes steady state thermal testing and all drop tests and comparison to computer models HS SARP 11 May 2009 Completion date is the expected submission date Compilation of Rev 0 to NRC Issuance of SER This is an estimate and dependent upon the NRC and Certification by March 2010 review process.NRC HS Manufacturing July 2010 This is entirely dependent upon the NRC review process MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 13 of 14 22 August 2008 Please refer to Appendix C for a complete Project Plan and Gantt chart that has been provided to MURR by the vendor. The Gantt chart provides a detailed list of both accomplished tasks and future work.Conclusion The University of Missouri Research Reactor has made every effort to obtain compliant packaging so that we may continue our safe and responsible shipment of Type B quantities of radioactive materials throughout the United States. This request provides information and background material supporting the request that NRC allow MURR to continue to operate its existing fleet of 6M and 20WC packages for two (2) years past the October 1, 2008 deadline.As MURR serves radiopharmaceutical companies with materials shipped in Type B quantity, we would appreciate the NRC notifying MURR as soon as practicable with their response to this request. MURR is obligated to provide our customers with as much lead time as possible to help them arrange for an orderly shutdown of production and for notification of cancer patients scheduled to receive treatments. Your time and attention to our request is appreciated. If you have any questions or concerns, please do not hesitate to contact me at the address, phone number or email address above. In addition, you may contact Mr. Michael Flagg, the technical point of contact for this project at MURR, via email at FlaggM@missouri.edu or by phone at 573-882-5364. Sincerely, Ralph A. Butler Dat'Director, University of Missouri Research Reactor MURR Packaging Extension Request Page 14 of 14 22 August 2008 Appendix A NRC Approved QA Plan and Relevant Standard Operating Procedures MURR Packaging Extension Request F " x ý, August 2008"x UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI-COLUMBIA RESEARCH REACTOR FACILITY SHIPPING QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM FOR TYPE B SHIPPING CASKS 1513 Research Park Drive Columbia, MO 65211 (573) 882-4211 TABLE OF CONTENTS I. Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 3 II. Q uality A ssurance ................................................................................................................................. 3 1 .Organization ............................................................................................................................. 3 2. Q uality A ssurance Program .............................................................................................. 5 3. Procurem ent D ocum ent Control ....................................................................................... 6 4. Instructions, Procedures, and Draw ings ........................................................................ 6 5. Docum ent Control ........................................................................................................... 6 6. Control of Purchased M aterial, Equipm ent, and Service ................................................. 7 7. Identification & Control of Materials, Parts, and Components ...................................... 8 8. Control of Special Processes .............................................................................................. 8 9. Inspection and Test Control ............................................................................................... 8 10. Control of M easuring and Test Equipm ent ...................................................................... 9 11. H andling, Storage, and Shipping ...................................................................................... 9 12. Inspection, Test, and Operating Status ............................................................................ 10 13. N on-Conform ing M aterials, Parts, and Com ponents .................................................... 10 14. Corrective A ction ................................................................................................................... 10 15. Q uality A ssurance Records ............................................................................................... 11 16. A udits ................................................... , .................................................................................. 11 Appendix A. QA Personnel Responsibilities B. References C. Shipping QA Organization Chart Page 2 of 11 I. INTRODUCTION By this document the University of Missouri Research Reactor (MURR) establishes a Shipping Quality Assurance (QA) Program in accordance with 10 CFR 71, Subpart H. The MURR Shipping QA Program establishes requirements applicable to procurement, use, maintenance, and repair of packaging used in transport of licensed material in excess of a Type A quantity. The program includes the purchase, handling, shipping, storing, cleaning, assembly, inspection, testing, operation, maintenance, and repair of Type B shipping containers regulated by 10 CFR 71. The Shipping QA Program applies to those activities affecting the casks and their components, which are significant to safety. Quality assurance comprises those planned and systematic actions necessary to provide adequate confidence that a system or component will perform satisfactorily in service. Shipping casks regulated by 10 CFR 71 will be released for shipping only after they have satisfactorily met the requirements of the MURR Shipping QA Program.11. QUALITY ASSURANCE I. Organization The Associate Director of the MURR Regulatory Assurance Group (RAG) is responsible for the Shipping QA Program and shall assure the program complies with 10 CFR 71, Packaging and Transportation of Radioactive Material. The Associate Director (RAG) will have the following minimum qualifications: Bachelors degree in Engineering or related field; Certified Health Physicist (CHP); five years experience with reactors; and general knowledge of all aspects of research reactor operation. The Associate Director (RAG) shall designate individuals, in writing, as Shipping QA Supervisors who have the responsibility to ensure that all work in their assigned area complies with 10 CFR 71, Subpart H-Quality Assurance. The Associate Director (RAG) shall designate in writing Shipping QA Inspectors, who have the responsibility to ensure that all requirements of Shipping QA procedures have been performed and verified. The Shipping QA Supervisor and Shipping QA Inspector positions may be collateral duties of the designated staff members.Page 3 of 11 All Shipping QA Supervisors, Inspectors, and Performers have the authority to stop unsatisfactory work in order to comply with federal regulations and MURR Shipping QA procedures. If a difference in opinion or a safety concern occurs between a Shipping QA Inspector and other Shipping QA personnel concerning compliance with the Shipping QA Program, the work evolution involved shall be stopped and put in a safe condition. The Shipping QA Inspector shall show the individual(s) the basis for the requirement. If the difference of opinion still exists, the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall resolve the difference after consultation with the Associate Director (RAG).MURR has divided the Shipping QA Program into four responsible groups: Hot Cell Operations, Radioactive Materials/Shipping, Reactor Operations and Hazardous Waste/Health Physics. Each group has a Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that work in their assigned area meets the requirements of the MURR Shipping QA Program.The Supervisor, Hot Cell Operations, is responsible for the packaging of Type B radioactive by-product materials and their preparation for shipment. The Supervisor, Hot Cell Operations is designated as a Shipping QA Supervisor. The Health Physics Manager is designated as an alternate Shipping QA Supervisor for Hot Cell Operations. The Manager, Radioactive Materials/Shipping is responsible for all Type B shipments except for shipments of reactor spent fuel, fissile material and radioactive waste. The primary responsibility of the Manager, Radioactive Materials/Shipping is the safe transportation of Type B quantities of by-product radioactive materials. The Manager, Radioactive Materials/Shipping is designated as a Shipping QA Supervisor. The Health Physics Manager is designated as an alternate Shipping QA Supervisor for Radioactive Materials/Shipping. The Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics is responsible for Type B shipments of reactor spent fuel and/or fissile material. The primary responsibility of the Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics is the safe shipment of reactor spent fuel. The Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics is designated as a Shipping QA Supervisor. The Assistant Reactor Manager-Engineering is designated as an alternate Shipping QA Supervisor for spent fuel and/or fissile material shipments. Page 4 of 11 The Hazardous Waste Coordinator/Health Physicist is responsible for Type B shipments of radioactive waste. The main responsibility of the Hazardous Waste Coordinator/Health Physicist is the safe shipment of radioactive waste. The Hazardous Waste Coordinator/Health Physicist is designated as a Shipping QA Supervisor. The Health Physics Manager is designated as an alternate Shipping QA Supervisor for the Hazardous Waste Coordinator/Health Physicist. Per MURR Technical Specification 6.1, the Health Physics Manager shall annually review and approve the procedures for preparation of radioactive materials for shipping and the shipping of by-product material. The Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics shall annually review and approve all procedures for preparation and shipment of Type B radioactive materials of reactor spent fuel and/or fissile material.2. Quality Assurance Program The MURR Shipping QA Program establishes requirements applicable to procurement, use, maintenance, and repair of packaging used in transport of licensed material in excess of a Type A quantity. Where appropriate, procedures will be in place to ensure the implementation of the MURR Shipping QA Program requirements. Any action or procedure that could significantly affect the ability of any structure, system, or component to perform safely and as specified, falls within the scope of the MURR Shipping Quality Assurance Program.The Shipping QA Program will be applied in a graded approach to an extent consistent with the importance to safety. Because MURR does not design or manufacture Type B shipping casks, the regulations in 10 CFR 71, Subpart D-Application for Package Approval, Subpart E-Package Approval Standards and Subpart F-Package, Special Forms, and LSA-II1 Tests are not applicable to the MURR Shipping QA Program.Prior to use and shipment of Type B shipping packages, it is the responsibility of the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that MURR is registered with the NRC as an authorized user of the package and the shipment shall be made in accordance with the conditions of the NRC Certificate of Compliance. For international shipments of Type B packaging, it is the responsibility of the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that MURR is registered with the U. S. Certificate of Competent Authority as an authorized user of the package and the shipment shall be made in accordance with the conditions of the U. S. Certificate of Competent Authority. Page 5 of 11 All Shipping QA Supervisors and Shipping QA Inspectors will have their training and experience documented by completion of the appropriate training records. In their assigned areas, each Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that all personnel who perform work in accordance with their Shipping QA procedures are adequately trained and qualified to perform this work.3. Procurement Document Control Prior to the purchase of Type B shipping packages, it is the responsibility of the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that the manufacturer of the packaging supplies all appropriate certifications verifying the designated packaging (model and serial number) was manufactured under the control of an NRC-approved QA program, identifies the type of verification activities required during use and maintenance, and designates other pertinent documentation to be furnished with the packaging (certificate of compliance, as-built drawings, use and maintenance manuals, photographs). Prior to the purchase of replacement parts for Type B shipping casks, all parts important to safety will be reviewed by the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that all technical and QA requirements are included in purchase orders. When applicable, purchase orders shall be placed with suppliers/manufacturers previously qualified during fabrication of the packaging. For the purchase of replacement parts from suppliers/manufacturers not previously identified as qualified sources, it is the responsibility of the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that the replacement parts meet requirements at least as stringent as the original criteria.4. Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings Administratively controlled procedures shall be established for the use, maintenance, repair and preparation for transport of all Type B packaging.

5. Document Control Control will be exercised for Shipping QA documents.

Shipping QA documents consist of procedures, manuals, audits, instructions, specifications, training records, and drawings used in the procurement, use, maintenance, and repair of Type B shipping casks.Page 6 of 11 Prior to use, the Health Physics Manager will review and approve all Shipping QA procedures and revisions for the preparation and shipment of Type B quantities of by-product material. Prior to use, the Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics will review and approve all Shipping QA procedures and revisions for preparation and shipment of Type B quantities of reactor spent fuel and fissile material.Controlled copies of approved Shipping QA procedures will be made available to persons responsible for using those documents. In their assigned area, it is the responsibility of each QA Shipping Supervisor: to ensure the accuracy of all Shipping QA documents; to ensure that all personnel performing QA work are adequately trained and qualified to perform this work; and to ensure that all personnel performing QA work are aware of any revisions to the procedures. It is the responsibility of each Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure this training is completed and documented.

6. Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, and Services It is the responsibility of the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that purchased material, equipment, and services, whether purchased directly or through contractors, conform to the procurement documents.

Source surveillance, audits of records, inspection and examination of products on delivery shall be performed as appropriate to ensure that the design and fabrication of Type B packaging was performed under the control of NRC-approved QA programs.The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that Type B packaging received at MURR is accompanied by appropriate documentation as identified in the purchase order. All documents that are referenced in the certificate of compliance, relate to the use and maintenance of the packaging, and identify necessary actions to be taken prior to the delivery of licensed material to a carrier for transport shall be present.Contractors and suppliers are selected on the basis of references, past performance to MURR, reputation and other investigation. Appropriate credentials, and licenses if required by law, code or regulation, will be furnished and retained on file. No deviations from procurement documents are allowed without written request by the vendor and approval by the Associate Director of the MURR Regulatory Assurance Group (RAG) or his designated representative. Page 7 of II

7. Identification and Control of Materials, Parts, and Components The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that materials, parts, and components used for repair of Type B packaging are adequately identified and controlled to prevent use of incorrect or defective items. When replacement of limited-life items is specified, the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that no materials, parts and components are used whose shelf life or operation times have expired.8. Control of Special Processes The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that all major repairs or inspections of Type B packaging requiring special processes such as welding or nondestructive testing be performed in accordance with the following criteria:

all procedures, equipment, and personnel are qualified in accordance with applicable codes, standards, and specifications; the operations are performed by qualified personnel and accomplished in accordance with written process sheets with recorded evidence of verification; and qualification records of procedures, equipment, and personnel are established, filed, and kept current.9. Inspection Control The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor or Shipping QA Inspector will perform a visual inspection of all Type B packaging upon receipt at MURR to ensure compliance with procurement documents. These visual inspections should include inspection of surface conditions; weld and structural integrity; the condition of flange faces or sealing areas, gaskets, seals, gauges, rupture disks, valves and pressure relief devices; the condition of tie-down members; labeling and marking; and leaktightness of the packaging. Any Type B packaging that does not comply with the procurement specifications or fails the visual QA inspection will be in noncompliance and immediately reported to the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor and the Associate Director (RAG).Procedures shall ensure adequate maintenance of Type B packaging. They shall identify the items to be maintained, criteria for acceptability or replacement, and the frequencies of inspection assigned to each item.Page 8 of I 1 The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall establish checklists to ensure that inspections are performed to verify that the following items have been complied with prior to each use: 1. Type B packages are properly assembled.

2. Valves are set to specifications.
3. All shipping papers are properly completed.
4. Type B packages are conspicuously and durably marked as required by DOT regulations.
5. Authorized individuals shall sign the shipping paperwork prior to release for shipment.Procedural steps which require an independent QA inspection will be completed by a Shipping QA Inspector or a Shipping QA Supervisor who is not performing the activity being inspected.
10. Control of Measuring and Test Equipment The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that measurement and test equipment (gauges, fixtures, reference standards, and devices used to measure product characteristics of Type B packages)will be calibrated, adjusted and maintained at established intervals.

Measurement and test equipment should be labeled or tagged to indicate the planned date of its next calibration, and the calibration records should be identified and traceable. Calibration shall be traceable to nationally recognized standards; or, where nationally recognized standards do not exist, provisions shall be established to document the basis for calibration. Measurement and test equipment that fail calibration will be removed from service, and tagged as out of calibration equipment until repaired or replaced.11. Handling, Storage and Shipping The handling, storage, and shipping of Type B packaging will be controlled to assure safety, minimize degradation, damage and/or loss.Page 9 of 11

12. Inspection, Test, and Operating Status A tag, label, marking, a log entry or other documentation will indicate the status of Type B shipping containers.

The records will indicate when periodic surveillance tests have been performed. No deviation from required inspection, test or other critical operations are authorized without the approval of the Associate Director (RAG).13. Non-Conforming Materials, Parts, and Components The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that nonconforming items for completed packaging, replacement parts or components shall include the following principal elements: (1) proper identification, (2) segregation of discrepant or nonconforming items, (3) disposition of the items of nonconformance, and (4) evaluation of the items of nonconformance. All items or components found to be in noncomformance by procedure, inspection, testing or operations is to be immediately reported to the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor. Nonconforming items will be quarantined or placed in a controlled hold area until disposition is completed. After designated repair, the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that the acceptance of nonconforming items is verified by re-inspection or re-test against the original specifications. Final disposition of nonconformances shall be identified and documented. Nonconformance reports should be analyzed by QA personnel to determine quality trends for appropriate management review and assessment.

14. Corrective Action For activities important to safety concerning use, maintenance and repair of Type B packages, the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure that conditions adverse to quality (e.g., those resulting from failures, malfunctions, deficiencies, deviations and defective material and equipment) are promptly identified and reported to appropriate levels of management.

In the case of a significant condition adverse to quality, a root cause of the condition will be determined and corrective actions taken to preclude recurrence. Page 10 of I1

15. Quality Assurance Records The appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor shall ensure the maintenance of QA records that are to be retained for the lifetime of packaging.

These records include appropriate design and production-related records that are generated throughout manufacturing and furnished with packaging; records demonstrating evidence of operational capability; records verifying repair, rework and replacement; and audit plans, audit reports, corrective actions and records that are used as a baseline for maintenance. Records showing evidence of delivery of packages to a carrier and proof that all NRC and DOT requirements have been satisfied should also be retained with their retention times identified. The Associate Director (RAG) is responsible for the prompt replacement of a record that is lost or damaged and for assessing and controlling records in MURR's possession. QA records shall be maintained in storage locations that minimize the risk of damage.16. Audits The Associate Director (RAG) shall ensure that audits are performed in accordance with pre-established written procedures or checklists and are conducted by qualified personnel not having direct responsibility in the areas being audited. The audit shall verify compliance with all aspects of the Quality Assurance program and determine the effectiveness of the program.The procedures or checklists shall list activities to be audited and the frequency at which each activity is to be audited. The frequency of audits should be based on the importance of the activity to safety;however, each activity should be audited at least once each year.It is the responsibility of the appropriate Shipping QA Supervisor to ensure that corrective actions resulting from audits are completed and documented on a timely basis. Deficient areas shall be re-audited on a timely basis to verify implementation of corrective action.Page 1l of 11 OA PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES Associate Director of the MURR Regulatory Assurance Group (RAG): The Associate Director (RAG) is responsible for the development and implementation of the MURR Shipping Quality Assurance Program.Health Physics Manajzer: The Health Physics Manager shall annually review and approve the procedures for preparation of radioactive materials for shipping and the shipping of by-product material. Also designated as an alternate Shipping QA Supervisor for Radioactive Materials/Shipping, Hot Cell Operations and Hazardous Waste Coordinator. Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics: The Assistant Reactor Manager-Physics is responsible for Type B shipments of reactor spent fuel and/or fissile material. Also shall annually review and approve all procedures for preparation and shipment of Type B radioactive materials of reactor spent fuel and/or fissile material.Manager, Radioactive Materials/Shipping: The Manager, Radioactive Materials/Shipping is responsible for all Type B shipments except for shipments of reactor spent fuel, fissile material and radioactive waste.Hot Cell Operations The Supervisor, Hot Cell Operations, is responsible for the packaging of Type B radioactive by-product materials and their preparation for shipment.Hazardous Waste Coordinator: The Hazardous Waste Coordinator/Health Physicist is responsible for Type B shipments of radioactive waste.Assistant Reactor Manager-Engineering: The Assistant Reactor Manager-Engineering is designated as an alternate Shipping QA Supervisor for spent fuel and/or fissile material shipments. Shipping QA Supervisors: Shipping QA Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that work in their assigned area meets the requirements of the QA Program.Shipping QA Inspectors: Shipping QA Inspectors shall perform the required QA inspection and have the authority to stop work not meeting the requirements of the QA Program.Page I of I Appendix A REFERENCES

1. 10 CFR 71 2. Regulatory Guide 7.10 (Rev. 1), June 1986, "Establishing Quality Assurance Programs for Packaging Used in the Transport of Radioactive Material" 3. ANS -15.8 (N402) -1976, "Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Research Reactors" (Reaffirmed December 15, 1986)Page I of I Appendix B SHIPPING QA ORGANIZATION Page I of I P Appendix C AP-SH-O01 Revision 5 I MURR SHIPPING PROCEDURE AP-SH-001 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS SHIPPING MASTER COPY ISSUED FEB 1 6 2007 RESPONSIBLE GROUP: PROCEDURE OWNER: APPROVED BY: APPROVED BY: Product & Service Operations, Shipping Mike Kilfoil Ronald J. Dobey, Jr. 4 1Date Kenneth W. Brooks Z Date This procedure contains the following:

Pages Attachments Tables Figures Appendices Check-Off Lists 1 None None None None through through through through through through 10 2 AP-SH-001 Revision 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page Number 1.0 PURPO SE ............................................................................................................................ 3 2.0 SCO PE ................................................................................................................................. 3 3.0 DEFIN ITION S ..................................................................................................................... 3 4.0 RESPON SIBILITIES .................................................................................................... 3 5.0 PROCEDURE ..................................................................................................................... 7 5.1 G EN ERA L G UID ELIN ES ................................................................................. 7 5.2 SPECIFIC DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................. 9 6.0 REFEREN CES .................................................................................................................. 10 7.0 RE CORD S ......................................................................................................................... 10 8.0 ATTACHM EN TS .............................................................................................................. 10 2 AP-SH-001 Revision 5 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE -RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS SHIPPING 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To establish the administrative guidelines necessary for the shipment of radiological isotopes, excluding shipments of fuel and waste, produced at the MURR facility. This procedure also defines general and technical terms and responsibilities that apply to radioactive materials shipping duties as performed by the Shipping Dept. and groups within MURR that have shipping related functions. 1.2 To provide general guidance to all persons having administrative and technical responsibilities that support or enhance the daily work activities of the shipping process.2.0 SCOPE 2.1 Ensures that shipping activities comply with all applicable Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and the International Air Transport Association (IA TA)Dangerous Goods Regulations. 2.2 Establishes management's expectations regarding shipping activities of radioactive materials. 2.3 Ensures that Shipping Technicians can accurately interpret and correctly apply specific duties and responsibilities to procedural requirements. 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Refer to List of Definitions (Attachment 8.2) for a list of key words, terms or phrases that have a particular meaning to the shipping group.4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Reactor Manager: 4.1.1 Provides 24-hour emergency response information concerning radioactive material shipments from MURR.4.1.2 Notifies the Radioactive Materials/Shipping Manager or designee of all incidents. 3 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES (CONT.)4.2 Health Physics Manager: 4.2.1 Maintains the Radiation Protection Program.4.2.2 Provides administrative, technical and operational support to the Shipping Department. 4.2.3 Maintains the Radiation Safety Program in support of the multi-faceted research, service and educational programs conducted at MURR.4.2.4 Ensures that radiological survey and monitoring equipment and the required I documentation used in the MURR Type B Quality Assurance Program are maintained in accordance with facility programs and procedures. 4.2.5 Reviews existing procedures and programs for their effectiveness and revise as necessary. 4.3 Radioactive Materials/Shipping Manager: 4.3.1 Maintains the equipment, procedures and required documentation used in the MURR Shipping Quality Assurance Program for Type B Shipping Casks.4.3.2 Ensures all shipments of radioactive material, excluding shipments of fuel and waste, conform to applicable regulations of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, MURR Shipping Quality Assurance Program for Type B Shipping Casks and IA TA.4.3.3 Provides properly certified packages for shipment of radioactive materials. 4.3.4 Provides administrative, technical and operational support to personnel assigned to the Shipping Group.4.3.5 Coordinates or specifies a training program to ensure that the hazmat employee has familiarity with the regulations governing the shipment of hazardous materials. This program includes: " The ability to recognize and identify the Hazardous Materials shipped from MURR* Knowledge of applicable requirements

  • Knowledge of Emergency Response Information
  • Self-protection measures* Accident prevention methods and procedures 4

AP-SH-00 I Revision 5 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES (CONT.)4.3.6 Supervises Shipping Technicians shipping activities. 4.3.7 Ensures assigned personnel are qualified to perform the duties of a Shipping Technician including but not limited to the following: " Identify initial training and recurrent training needs* Schedule and implement required training" Maintain documentation of completed training 4.3.8 Ensures all radionuclides are reported to the 9 5 th percentile in accordance with 49 CFR 173.433(g) -Shipping Papers And Labeling, at the time of shipment for ground shipments only.4.3.9 Maintains an expertise in domestic and international regulations governing the shipping process.4.3.10 Provides emergency response information concerning radioactive material shipments from MURR.4.4 Shipping Technician: 4.4.1 Has multiple responsibilities for control of samples throughout the shipping process until finally released to the courier.4.4.2 Reports all radionuclides to the 9 5 th percentile in accordance with 49 CFR 173.4 33(g) at the time of the shipment for ground shipments only.4.4.3 Performs the duties of a Shipping Technician (Shipper). This includes but is not limited to the following tasks:* Handling radioactive materials* Pre-assembling shipping containers

  • Preparing shipping documents and associated shipping labels* Properly packaging radioactive material for shipment 4.4.4 Ensures that radioactive material is shipped in accordance with approved procedures.

4.4.5 Ensures properly certified packages are used for shipment of radioactive material.5 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES (CONT.)4.4.6 Performs work activities in accordance with approved procedures or as directed by Supervision. 4.4.7 Reviews existing procedures and programs for their effectiveness and revise as necessary. 4.4.8 NOTIFIES Supervisor of any problem or condition that could affect the safety of the facility, public or environment. 4.5 Irradiations Group: 4.5.1 Approves shipping activities for all non secondary processed samples.4.5.2 Provides sample and consignee information, including isotope information required to be reported on the shipping paperwork for non-secondary processed samples.4.5.3 Calculates all radionuclides to the 9 5 th percentile in accordance with 49 CFR 173.433(g) at the time of the shipment for non-secondary processed samples.4.6 Secondary Processing Groups: (Analytical Chemistry, Research & Development Radioisotopes, etc.)4.6.1 Approves all shipping activities for samples originating in their departments. 4.7 Associate Director, Product and Service Operations (PSO): 4.7.1 Provides technical and administrative support to the Shipping Group as required.4.7.2 Ensures that information which is required for reporting on shipping paperwork is provided to the Shipping Technicians. 4.8 Associate Director, Regulatory Assurance Group (RAG): 4.8.1 Maintains the MURR Shipping Quality Assurance Program for Type B Shipping Casks, Approval No. 0108.6 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES 5.1.1 All persons participating in the shipping process of irradiated samples shall: a. Meet the qualifications of a Shipping Technician.

b. Maintain personnel exposures "As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable (ALARA)." Under normal conditions of work, exposures must not exceed levels specified in 10 CFR 20 -Standards For Protection Against Radiation (Reference 6.1).c. Have familiarity with the regulations governing the shipment of hazardous materials.

For the Shipping Group this will include: the ability to recognize and identify Hazardous Materials shipped from MURR* knowledge of specific requirements applicable to functions performed by the Shipping Technician

  • knowledge of Emergency Response Information
  • self-protection measures* accident prevention methods and procedures 5.1.2 Consignees of MURR shipments of radioactive materials must be authorized to receive the type, form, and quantity of such material in accordance with provisions of 10 CFR 31 -General Domestic Licenses For Byproduct Material (Reference 6.1).5.1.3 A package of radioactive material shall not be transported unless it is properly described, classed, marked, packaged and labeled in accordance with 49 CFR 173 -Shippers, General Requirements For Shipments And Packaging or the IATA Manual.a. If the radioactive material exceeds any of the applicable limits of 10 CFR -Energy, 49 CFR -Transportation, or IATA Manual, then the Radioactive Materials

/Shipping Manager or designee must be immediately notified.b. Radioactive material cannot leave MURR until applicable limits of 10 CFR -Energy and 49 CFR -Transportation or IA TA Manual have been meet.7 AP-SH-00 I Revision 5 5.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)5.1.4 The University of Missouri Research Reactor must use an approved Department of Transportation (DOT) carrier for transport of hazardous material requiring placarding in accordance with 49 CFR, Subpart A.5.1.5 All beta-gamma dose rate survey, contamination counting or gamma radioisotope instrumentation used during the preparation and shipping process must have a current calibration sticker attached to the survey equipment or have verification that the instrument is calibrated. 5.1.6 Each container or cask used in the shipment of radioactive materials shall conform to the appropriate regulations and specifications. 5.1.7 Non-fixed contamination on any external surface of any package shall be kept ALARA and under normal conditions of transport and must not exceed levels specified in:* 49 CFR 173.441 -Radiation Level Limits* 49 CFR 173.443 -Contamination Control* Applicable 1ATA Regulations 5.1.8 Radioactive materials having other hazardous characteristics shall be allocated Packing Groups I, II and III, as appropriate by application of the grouping criteria in accordance with:* 49 CFR 172.202 -Description Of Hazardous Material On Shipping Papers 0 IATA, Dangerous Goods Regulations 5.1.9 The Performer of a shipping process and Inspector must not be the same individual. The Inspector must also be qualified to perform the assigned task.5.1.10 The Primary Hazard Label is used to identify the governing hazard for a package. Radioactivity is usually the governing hazard for packages shipped by MURR.8 AP-SH-001 Revision 5 5.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)5.1.11 Radioactive material shall be labeled in accordance with the following categories (Reference 49 CFR 172.403 -Class 7 Radioactive Material or IATA, Dangerous Goods Regulations):

a. White I: The maximum radiation level at any point on the external surface is 0.5 mrem/hr. The Transport Index (TI) is zero.b. Yellow II: The maximum radiation level on any point on the external surface is more than 0.5 mrem/hr but not more than 50 mrem/hr. The TI is more than zero (0) but not more than one (1).c. Yellow III: The maximum radiation level at any point on the external surface is more than 50 mrem/hr, but not more than 200 mrem/hr. The TI is more than I but not more than 10.d. Packages with contact dose rates greater than 200 mrem/hr or with a TI greater than 10, shall be shipped as an Exclusive Use Shipment.NOTE: The following specific duties and responsibilities help to establish management's expectations regarding preparation of radioactive materials for use within MURR labs or shipment from MURR.5.2 SPECIFIC DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 5.2.1 All personnel who are directly or indirectly involved in the shipping process must:* maintain a safe work place at all times* employ the concepts of time, distance and shielding to keep radiation exposure ALARA* identify and correct procedural problems that could adversely affect the preparation of radioactive materials for shipment from the MURR facility 9 AP-SH-001 Revision 5

6.0 REFERENCES

6.1 10 CFR, Energy* 10 CFR 20 -Standards For Protection Against Radiation* 10 CFR 31 -General Domestic Licenses For Byproduct Material* 10 CFR 71 -Packaging and Transportation of Radioactive Material 6.2 International Air Transport Association (IA TA) Dangerous Goods Regulations 6.3 49 CFR, Transportation 7.0 RECORDS None 8.0 ATTACHMENTS 8.1 Typical Shipping Flow Chart 8.2 List of Definitions 10 AP-SH-001 Revision 5 TYPICAL SHIPPING FLOW CHART The above flow chart is a simplified explanation of the shipping preparation process. Specific shipping tasks are detailed in appropriate procedures. Page I of I Attachment 8.1 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 LIST OF DEFINITIONS The following is a list of key words, terms or phrases that have a particular meaning to the Shipping Group.A table of A 1 and A 2 values for radionuclides can be found in 49 CFR and the IATA Regulations.

1. Activity:

The rate at which a material gives off radiation.

  • A 1 -The maximum activity of "Special Form" radioactive material permitted in a Type A package.* A 2 -The maximum activity of "Normal Form" of radioactive material permitted in a Type A package.2. Becquerel (Bq): The SI unit of activity and is defined as one (1) atomic transformation per second. The Becquerel is such a small unit that the larger multiple units are used in shipping.The conversions are as follows:* Kilobecquerel:

1 KBq = 10 3* Megabecquerel: 1 MBq 106* Gigabecquerel: 1 GBq = 10 9* Terabecquerel: 1 TBq = 1012 3. Capsule: Aluminum secondary containment system for material run in the reactor region.4. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR): Regulations published by the Federal Government. The CFR contains TITLES (volumes) each of which is numbered and contains regulations pertaining to a specific subject, for example:* 10 CFR, Energy* 29 CFR, Labor* 49 CFR, Department of Transportation

5. Concurrent Verification:

Inspection and corroboration of performance of a step at time it is completed.

6. Consignees (receivers):

A company/organization authorized to receive material shipped from MURR.7. Department of Transportation (DOT): Designated United States authority on the transport of hazardous materials.

8. Emergency Call List (Shipping):

A list maintained in the Emergency Response Notebook of individuals to be notified in case of a transportation incident involving packages prepared and shipped from MURR.Page I of 6 Attachment 8.2 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)9. Emergency Response Notebook: A Notebook provided to Operations by the Shipping Group that contains the following:

  • Copy of the shipping documentation
  • Copy of the Emergency Response Information Sheet* A current copy of the Emergency Response Guidebook* The Emergency Call List 10. Equivalent:

A system, component, device or material that meets the design requirements for purpose and/or function of a specified system, component, device or material.11. Excepted Packages: Limited quantities of radioactive materials, instruments and articles, articles containing natural uranium, natural thorium or depleted uranium, and empty radioactive materials packaging. These packages are exempted from certain labeling, marking and paper work requirements.

12. Experiment:

Any device or material that is exposed to significant radiation from the reactor and is not a normal part of the reactor or any operation designed to measure or monitor reactor characteristics or parameters.

13. External Contamination:

Is radioactive contamination on any external surface of any package. It must be kept as low as practical and, under normal conditions of transport, shall not exceed the levels specified in the governing regulations.

14. Fissile Material:

Material consisting of Plutonium 239, Plutonium 241, Uranium 233, Uranium 235, or any combination of these radionuclides. This does not apply to unirradiated natural uranium and depleted Uranium, and natural uranium or depleted uranium that has been irradiated in a thermal reactor.15. Host Can: A multi-carrier of capsules, which may be from:* previously irradiated Host Cans* stored material* new Capsules(s)

  • empty Spacer Capsules 16. Hot Cell: A sealed, shielded, and controlled area used to process radioactive materials.
17. Hot Laboratory:

A controlled area to process radioactive materials containing a hood which exhausts to the facility ventilation exhaust system and may contain a drain connection to the radioactive liquid waste and disposal system.18. Incident: Events that may affect safety or that have resulted in non-compliance with regulations. Page 2 of 6 Attachment 8.2 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)19. Independent Verification: Inspection and corroboration that is separated by distance and time to insulate the verifier from the worker's performance and/or influence.

20. Inspector:

See Shipping Technician.

21. International Air Transport Association (IA TA) Dangerous Goods Regulations:

Contains all of the requirements for the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) regulations, and has included additional requirements, which are more restrictive. This reflects the industry standard practices or operational considerations.

22. International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA): Develops guidance for the safe transport of radioactive materials.
23. International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO): Uses the 1AEA recommendations as the basis for developing the regulation for the safe transport of dangerous goods by air.24. Low Specific Activity (LSA) Material:

Material with limited specific activity, which satisfies specified descriptions and limits in applicable regulations.

25. Meter: Refers to instruments used in taking dose rate measurements.
26. Meter Stick: A ruler, one meter in length used to determine the transport index.27. MURR Identification Number (MURR ID. No.): A unique number assigned to each radioisotope sample processed at MURR.28. Must: A term equivalent to "SHALL" and is used to denote requirements imposed by MURR management which are above and in excess of and in addition to regulator requirements.
29. Non-fixed Radioactive Contamination:

Contamination that can be readily removed from a surface by wiping with an absorbent material.30. Normal Form Radioactive Material: Material, which has not been categorized nor qualified as "Special Form Radioactive Material." 31. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC): The United States government agency established to regulate all the licensing and related regulatory functions of the nuclear industry.32. Package: The packaging together with its radioactive contents as presented for transport.

33. Packaging:

The assembly of components that make up a containment system for hazardous materials transport. Page 3 of 6 Attachment 8.2 AP-SH-001 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)34. Performer: See Shipping Technician

35. Primary Hazard: The governing hazard for a package.36. Primary Processed Samples: Samples that have been under the continuous control of the Hot Cell and Shipping Groups after removal from the reactor pool. These samples are shipped without any further processes performed on them.37 Quality Assurance (QA): Those actions related to control of the physical characteristics and quality of the material or component to predetermined requirements.
38. Quality Event: Operational problem, non-conformance, or conditions adverse to quality that, if not corrected, may lead to an incident.39. Radioactive Contents:

A radioactive material, together with any contaminated liquids or gases within the package.40. Radioactive Material: DOT defines radioactive material as any material containing radionuclides where both the activity concentration and the total activity in the consignment exceed the values specified in the table 49 CFR 173.436 or values derived according to the instructions in 173.433. NRC defines as material (except special nuclear material) yielded in, or made radioactive by exposure to the radiation incident to the process of producing or utilizing special nuclear material.41. Radiation Level: The radiation dose-equivalent rate expressed in millirem(s) per hour or mrem/h.42 Receivers: see Consignees

43. RUR: Reactor Utilization Request. A programmatic process that permits the reactor to be used for neutron irradiation and isotope production in accordance with the Hazard Summary Report. The RUR ensures that each experiment requested is reviewed to ascertain whether the experimenter possesses the experience and equipment to cope with the expected radiation level and whether the irradiated material may be safely used in the particular environment suggested by the experimenter.

If the experiment is within acceptable limits of the reactor the Reactor Manager then approves it. (HSR 8.0)44. Sample: The chemical or physical makeup of the target material or combination of target and encapsulation.

45. Secondary Processing Groups: Groups that submit samples for shipping other than Irradiations Group. Specifically:

Analytical Chemistry, Research & Development Radioisotopes, Regulatory Assurance Group, Education and Research, Radiochemical Production and Silicon Group.Page 4 of 6 Attachment 8.2 AP-SH-001 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)46. Secondary Processed Samples: Samples submitted for shipment by groups other than Irradiations Group. These samples must utilize FM-27, "In-House Radioactive Shipping Request Form," to transmit sample information to the Shipping Group.47. Shall: A term used to denote legally binding requirements to which MURR is committed, for example: 0 S S 0 0 Technical Specifications (TS)Hazards Summary Report (HSR)Regulatory Guides American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards Code of Federal or State Regulations

48. Shippingz Technician:

Is defined as one of the following: " Trainee:* Performer: " Inspector:

  • QA Performer:
  • QA Inspector:
  • QA Supervisor:

Can neither inspect nor perform a task except under the direct supervision of a Inspector or QA Inspector. An individual who has successfully completed the required training for specific tasks.An individual who has successfully completed all required training in shipping tasks applicable to shipment of Type A or lower quantities of radioactive materials. An individual who has successfully completed the required training for specific tasks associated with the Type B shipping program.An individual who has successfully completed all required training in all the shipping tasks applicable to shipment of Type B quantities of radioactive material under the MURR Quality Assurance Program for Type B containers. An individual designated in writing by the Associate Director (RAG)who is responsible for shipments within their assigned areas of byproduct material, waste, or spent fuel. Responsibility includes ensuring that personnel performing shipments under their assigned areas are trained and ensuring that shipment, procurement, inventory control, maintenance, testing, handling, and storage are conducted according to applicable procedures and in compliance with the MURR Type B QA Program.49. Should: Not required, but would be highly desirable to accomplish.

50. SI: Units of measurement to be used in the transport of dangerous goods are those specified by the International System (51).51. Specific Activity:

The activity of the radionuclide per unit mass of that nuclide.Page 5 of 6 Attachment 8.2 AP-SH-00 1 Revision 5 DEFINITIONS (CONT.)52. Surface Contaminated Object (SCO): A solid object which is not itself radioactive but which has radioactive material distributed on any of its surfaces.53. Transfer Cask: Various sizes and configurations of shielded containers used to move radioactive samples from the reactor pool to predetermined handling areas.54. Transport Index (TI): The dimensionless number placed on the label ofapackage to designate the degree of control to be exercised by the carrier during transportation. TI is the dose rate number rounded up to the next tenth mRem/hr at 1 meter from the hottest side.55. Type A Quantity: A quantity of radioactive material which does not exceed A&, for Special form material, or A 2 for normal form material.56. Type B Quantity: A quantity of material, which is greater than Type A.Page 6 of 6 Attachment 8.2 RP-H, Revis MURR MASTER COP hUCA RADIATION PROTECTION ISSUED APR RP-HP-110 SURVEY AND DECONTAMINATION OF RETURNED SHIPPING CONTAINERS 9-110 ion 4 y 18 2007 RESPONSIBLE GROUP: PROCEDURE OWNER: APPROVED BY: Reactor Health Physics Manuel Diaz Ronald J. Dobey, Jr..Date _____This procedure contains the following: , Pages Attachments Tables Figures Appendices Check-Off Lists 1 None None None None None through through through through through through 7 RP-HP-1 10 Revision 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page Number 1.0 PURPO SE ........................................................................................................................... 3 2.0 SCOPE ................................................................................................................................ 3 3.0 DEFIN ITION S .................................................................................................................... 3 4.0 PRECA UTION S AN D LIM ITATION S ........................................................................ 3 5.0 SPECIA L TOOLS OR EQ UIPM EN T .......................................................................... 4 6.0 PROCEDURE ..................................................................................................................... 4 6.1 DOT 6M CA SK ................................................................................................ 4 6.2 DOT 20 W C-1 / N ORD ION / CIS-U S ............................................................... 5 6.3 O THER CA SKS ............................................................................................... 7 7.0 REFEREN CES ................................................................................................................... 7 2 RP-HP-1 10 Revision 4 SURVEY AND DECONTAMINATION OF RETURNED SHIPPING CONTAINERS 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To establish a standard method for performing the decontamination of returned shipping containers used for the shipment of radioactive materials. 2.0 SCOPE 2.1 Contains procedural steps and precautions necessary to decontaminate returned radioactive materials shipping containers. 2.2 Establishes methods used for the decontamination of various types of containers. 2.3 Defines Reactor Health Physics interaction with Shipping Technicians to accomplish the process.3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Decontamination -The reduction or removal of contaminating radioactive material from a structure, area, object, or person. Decontamination may be accomplished by: " treating the surface to remove or decrease the contamination and / or* letting the material stand so that the radioactivity is decreased as a result of natural radioactive decay (Reference 7.1).3.2 Contamination -Undesired radioactive material that is deposited on the surface or inside of structures, areas, objects or people (Reference 7.1).4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 Radiation work is only performed by persons informed about the work in compliance with 10 CFR 19.12 and ALARA concerns (Reference 7.2).4.2 If any gross reading is greater than 25 mR / hr, the procedure must be stopped and the Reactor Heath Physics Manager must be notified.3 RP-HP-I 10 Revision 4 5.0 SPECIAL TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT* Applicable hand-held dose rate survey instrument" End window or pancake probe GM Frisker* Masslin or soft absorbent paper towels* Radioactive contamination marking tape* Indelible marker* Cotton tip swabs* Preprinted, "Internal / External Contamination Survey" stickers* Swipe Paper -normally 4.25 Whatman Qualitative Filter Paper* Rubber gloves* Applicable size zip-lock type plastic bag* Radiac Wash or equivalent 6.0 PROCEDURE 6.1 DOT 6M CASK: NOTE: The BC-4 Swipe Counter, located in the basement, is the preferable instrument for counting contamination swipes. However, any individual swipe that is greater than 1000 cpm on the GM Frisker must not be counted on the BC-4 swipe counter.i NOTE: All gross dose rate surveys are performed with an open window. ]CAUTION: If any gross reading is greater than 25 mR / hr, the procedure MUST be stopped and the Reactor Heath Physics Manager notified.6.1.1 WHEN Shipping Technician has removed clamping ring securing the barrel lid, THEN MONITOR dose rate while technician removes lid.6.1.2 WHEN technician has exposed the top of the DOT 2R container, THEN MONITOR while technician opens 2R container. 4 RP-HP-1 10 Revision 4 6.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)6.1.3 IF pig is present, THEN a. remove pig from cask, b. perform normal swipe of outside of pig, AND c. IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate AND re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.1.4 MONITOR dose rate while technician opens pig.6.1.5 Perform normal swipe of interior of 2R container. 6.1.6 IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate AND re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.1.7 Wipe inside of pig using a Masslin or moist paper towel.6.1.8 IF wipe is greater than 1000 cpm (measured through a glove), THEN decontaminate AND re-wipe until less than 1000 cpm.6.1.9 Wipe inside of pig using a Masslin or moist paper towel.6.1.10 IF wipe is less than 1000 cpm (measured through a glove), THEN pig can be returned to service.6.1.11 Fill out applicable information and initial "Internal / External Contamination" sticker AND place on cask.6.2 DOT 20 WC-1 / NORDION / CIS-US: NOTE: The BC-4 Swipe Counter is the preferable instrument for counting contamination swipes. However, any individual swipe that is greate than 1000 cpm on the GM Frisker must not be counted on the BC-4 swipe counter.NOTE: All gross dose rate surveys are performed with an open window.CAUTION: If any gross reading is greater than 25 mR / hr, the procedure MUST be stopped and the Reactor Heath Physics Manager notified.5 RP-HP-I 10 Revision 4 6.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)6.2.1 WHEN Shipping Technician has removed nuts securing over-pack lid, THEN MONITOR dose rate while technician removes lid.6.2.2 WHEN technician has removed fiberboard THEN perform gross internal survey.6.2.3 Perform normal swipe survey on top exterior of DU container. 6.2.4 IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate AND re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.2.5 MONITOR dose rate while technician opens DU container. 6.2.6 Using caution, remove 2R, etc. container. 6.2.7 Perform normal swipe of outside of 2R container. 6.2.8 IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate and re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.2.9 MONITOR dose rate while technician opens 2R container. 6.2.10 Wipe interior of 2R container with a Masslin or moist paper towel.6.2.11 IF wipe is greater than 1000 cpm (measured through a glove), THEN decontaminate again AND re-wipe until less than 1000 cpm.6.2.12 WHEN wipe is less than 1000 cpm, THEN 2R container can be returned to service.6.2.13 RECORD applicable information and initial "Internal / External Contamination" sticker AND place on shipping container. 6 RP-HP-I 10 Revision 4 6.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)6.3 OTHER CASKS: NOTE: The BC-4 Swipe Counter is the preferable instrument ýfor counting contamination swipes. However, any individual swipe that is greater than 1000 cpm on the GM Frisker must not be counted on the BC-4 swipe counter.NOTE: All gross dose rate surveys are performed with an open window.CAUTION: If any gross reading is greater than 25 mR / hr, the procedure MUST be stopped and the Reactor Heath Physics Manager notified.6.3.1 MONITOR dose rate while Shipping Technician opens outer package.6.3.2 MONITOR dose rate while technician opens inner container. 6.3.3 Perform normal swipe of exterior of inner container. 6.3.4 IF swipe is greater than 220 dpm, THEN decontaminate AND re-swipe until less than 220 dpm.6.3.5 Wipe interior of inner container with Masslin or moist paper towel.6.3.6 IF wipe is greater than 1000 cpm (measured through a glove), THEN decontaminate again AND re-wipe until less than 1000 cpm.6.3.7 When wipe is less than 1000 cpm, THEN inner container can be returned to service.6.3.8 RECORD applicable information and initial "Internal / External Contamination" sticker AND place on shipping container.

7.0 REFERENCES

7.1 Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Glossary of Nuclear Terms" 7.2 10 CFR 19.12, "Instruction to Workers" 7 1~Iu~xl1~MURR SHIPPING PROCEDURE ISSt BPB-SH-002 20WC-1 PACKAGING AND SHIPMENT OF TYPE B NON-WASTE RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 I~TER ftPý1 Z0q 1 JED RESPONSIBLE GROUP: PROCEDURE OWNER: Product & Service Operations, Shipping J. Mike Kilfoil Ronald J. Dobey, Jr.Kenneth W. Brooks APPROVED BY: APPROVED BY: Date ,P Date g9 -1, -o(.This procedure contains the following: Pages Attachments Tables Figures Appendices Check-Off Lists 1 1 None None None None through through through through through through 9 1 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 I TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page Number 1.0 PURPO SE ......................................................................................................................... 3 2.0 SCO PE ...............................................................................

..............................................

3 3.0 D EFIN ITION S .................................................................................................................. 3 4.0 RESPON SIBILITIES .................................................................................................. 3 5.0 PRECA UTION S AN D LIM ITA TION S ...................................................................... 4 6.0 PREREQUISITES AND INITIAL CONDITIONS .................................................... 4 7.0 SPECIA L TO O LS AN D EQ U IPM EN T ...................................................................... 5 8.0 PRO CED URE ................................................................................................................... 6 9.0 REFEREN CES ......................................................................................................... 8 10.0 RECO RD S ........................................................................................................................ 9 11.0 ATTA CH M EN TS ....................................................................................................... .9 2 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 20WC-1 PACKAGING AND SHIPMENT OF TYPE B NON-WASTE RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 Provide instructions for packaging Type B (DOT 20WC-1) non-waste radioactive materials containers. 2.0 SCOPE 2.1 Procedural steps for final packaging of a depleted uranium (DU) container containing radioactive material in a 2R Shipping Container and 20WC- I Overpack Container. 2.2 This procedure ensures compliance with all applicable regulations prescribed in the following:

  • 10 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 71, Energy (Reference
9. 1)* 49 CFR, Transportation (Reference 9.2)* International Air Transport Association (IA TA) Dangerous Goods Regulations (Reference 9.3)* MURR Type B Quality Assurance Program (Reference 9.5)3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Refer to AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" (Reference 9.7) for list of definitions.

4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Refer to AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" (Reference 9.7) for list of responsibilities. 3 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 5.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 5.1 A package of radioactive material shall not be transported unless it is properly described, classed, marked, packaged and labeled in accordance with 49 CFR 173 or the IATA Manual, and the MURR Type B Quality Assurance Program." If the radioactive material exceeds any of the applicable limits of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, or IATA Manual, then the Radioactive Materials/Shipping Manager or Designee must be immediately notified.* Radioactive material must not leave MURR until the requirements of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, or L4TA Manual have been meet.5.2 Survey instrumentation used during the performance of this procedure must have a valid "Calibration Current" sticker displayed. 5.3 The Performer of a shipping process and QA Inspector must not be the same individual. Additionally, the QA Inspector must be qualified as a Performer 6.0 PREREQUISITES AND INITIAL CONDITIONS 6.1 A person participating in any aspect of this procedure must meet the qualifications of a Shipping Technician as defined in AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" (Reference 9.7).6.2 Consignees (receivers) of MURR shipments of radioactive materials are authorized to receive the type, form, and quantity of radioactive material in accordance with the provisions of 10 CFR 71 -Packaging and Transportation of Radioactive Material.6.3 A QA Inspector must review the customer's Container/Cask and accompanying documentation prior to first use and ensure that the package is part of the MURR Type B QA Program.NOTE: Liquid shipments MUST be made using a 20WC-1 with an external 2R only.6.4 For liquid shipments, ensure external 2R shipping container has been leak checked in accordance with procedure BPB-SH-001, "2R Shipping Container Leak Check" (Reference 9.4).6.5 Torque wrench has a valid "Calibration Current" sticker.4 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 I 7.0 SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT 7.1 Tools* 1-1/8 in. socket (External 2R Container Only)* 12 in. drive socket extension or equivalent (1/2 in.)* 5/8 in. deep well socket* 3/4 in. deep well socket* Manual ratchet* Material handling equipment capable of lifting a minimum of 500 lbs.* Pliers or crimping tool* Rigid Flex-head handle, 1/2 in. drive (breaker bar)* Speed handle* Special 2R lid alignment tool (External 2R Container Only)* Special 2R positioning rods (2 each) (External 2R Container Only)0 Torque wrench (0 to 75 ft-lbs)* Wire cutters 7.2 Equipment* Absorbent wiping material* Luting compound* Contamination barrier material* Personal protective equipment" Radiation survey equipment* Tamper-Proof Seals 5 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 8.0 PROCEDURE NOTE: FM-35, "Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 20WC-1 Radioactive Materials Shipment" (Attachment 11.4) requires verification of specific actions in this section. FM-35 is written to be used as a stand-alone procedure for preparing 20WC-1 shipments. This procedure provides additional information to complete this process.8.1 NOTIFY Reactor Health Physics (HP) to conduct radiological surveys during the assembly process.8.2 ENSURE by visual inspection that the 2R shipping container cavity does not contain foreign material.CAUTION: The DU shield weighs approximately 200 lbs. Use appropriate material handling equipment when removing the DU shielding. 8.3 Attach material handling equipment to DU shield lifting eye.8.4 HP Technician:

a. If not already performed, MONITOR radiation level on DU shield as it is lowered into the 2R Shipping Container.
b. Work at a safe distance to maintain exposures As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable (ALARA).c. Follow facility guidelines for radiation level limits.8.5 Working quickly to comply with ALARA, carefully lower DU into the wooden overpack.8.6 Remove lifting device from the eye on the DU shield and move material handling equipment out of the immediate work area.6 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 8.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)8.7 ENSURE DU shield lid bolts are torqued to 15 ft-lbs.8.8 ENSURE luting compound applied to 2R threads (if applicable).

8.8.1 For liquid shipments, torque the 2R lid to 75 ft-lbs.8.9 Install 2R lid 8.10 Carefully, place 20WC-1 lid onto bottom portion of 20WC-1 over-pack.

a. Use care to align holes in 20WC-1 lid with all-thread rods.b. Use alignment mark on bottom portion of 20WC-1 to aid with the proper alignment, if necessary.

NOTE: A gap between the top and bottom portions may indicate foreign material on the mating surface of the 20WC-1 overpack.8.11 ENSURE 20WC-1 lid is properly seated and there are no gaps between top and bottom portions of over-pack. 8.12 ENSURE each all-thread rod has a flat washer and hex locknut, or equivalent locking device.8.13 Using an alternating pattern, torque each nut on the 20WC-1 lid to 15 ft-lbs.Example: Typical torque pattern.7 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 8.0 PROCEDURE (CONT.)NOTE: A tamper-proof seal is required on any 20WC-1 shipping container containing radioactive material. Seals are optional on empty 20WC-1 shipping containers. 8.14 Place a tamper-proof seal on end of one all-thread rod.NOTE: All packages left in the staging area must have a radiation symbol and maximum contact dose rate clearly visible on the package.8.15 ENSURE all previous shipping labels have been removed from the 20WC-1 surface.a. PLACE package in final staging area awaiting courier pickup only after completion of shipping documentation and Final Package Checkout.b. ENSURE work area is posted with appropriate radiation signs to warn other personnel. 8.16 Follow facility procedures and regulatory requirements to ship the 20WC-I.

9.0 REFERENCES

9.1 10 CFR 71, Energy 9.2 49 CFR, Transportation 9.3 InternationalAir Transport Association (IA TA) Dangerous Goods Regulations 9.4 BPB-SH-001, "2R Shipping Container Leak Check" 9.5 MURR Type B Quality Assurance Program 9.6 AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" 9.7 DOT Package Specification 8 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 10.0 RECORDS 10.1 FM-35, "Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 20WC-1 Radioactive Materials Shipment" 11.0 ATTACHMENTS 11.1 FM-35, "Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 20WC-I Radioactive Materials Shipment" 9 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 FM-35 Revision 9 CONTROL CIIECKSHEET FOR TYPE B USA I)01" 21WC-1 RAI)IOAMTIVE MATERIAIS SHIPMENT Petrformer and 0.4 Inspector cannot be the sante individuaL AII QA Supevi.sors, QA and Pe;frrniers have the authority to stop unsatisfactory work in order to comply 'with federal regulations and AfMR Shipping proceebtres. All items or components found to be in non'ofbirniance by procedure, inspection, testing or operation are to be imnediately reported to the appropriate Shippingt QA Supe'viso?. Affix shipment preprinted identification label here.(Shipment Destination, Isotope(s). MURR Identification Number(s) and Activity)QA Inspector Performer Step (Initials) (Initigls No. Action/ Verification N/A .Pe nedk k test of itmer shipping container (fbr liquid shipments only).N/A............ R. ., Di t -ollowing information: n r ontainer Serial Number: W)erpack mbe: N/A 3E IRE abNS ben male al is placed in DU Container. (For liquid shipments only)_() rac mple lo ation and Inner Cask sample informalion are correct and in t ng od a lied to In Shipping Container threads.C(ENSURE -el -ring' installed' Inner Shipping Container lid.7. r ipping C ntai r gas' -c did ' (circle one)'atisf ton, ac~If repla d. u. te e app) inat u history-o! .r. (Proper gasket is identified in Technical Drawin .S8Sample rat q als i Qtdi oc 9. DU shield bo s r ed to 1 S. 'A libration quired)10. 2R lid torqued to 7 fl-lb, 0W -1 ' ntain,, ith a R external to the DU).(QA Calibration i ar.11. 20WC-I Overpack lid s 1 1 (Ito 15 fi- .(QA all ra Required)S12. Tamper-proof seal placet en ) one -thread ro 13. RlCORID 20WC-I 0\cerpack os ra s. ( r',r on R utired)Face Plate N!A 14. 20WC-1 Overpack is <6600 dpm/ 300 cm, 2 3y & <660 dpm/ 0 cm 2 15. Con'ect shipping name and U N Number label (RADIOACTIVE M. 'ERIAL, TYPE B(U) PACKAGE UN2916) affixed on opposite sides of container.(Include "RQ" before or after if applicable) N/A 16. Gross weight plainly and indelibly marked on outside of 20WC-I Overpack container. N/A 1 7. "TYPE B" is plainly and indelibly marked on outside of 20WC-1 Overpack container. N/A 18. "-REFOIL" is plainly and indelibly marked on outside of20WC-1 Oxverpack conlainer. N/A 19. Specification / certification is plainly and indelibly marked on outside of 20WC-1 Overpack container. Page 1 of 2 Page I of 2 Attachment 11.1 BPB-SH-002 Revision 7 I"M -3 5 Revision 9 QA Inspetor (IntiWi)Performer Step (lnitials) No. ActionVerification

20. The inflormation for this shipment is recorded on FM-44, "MURR Request for Radioisotope Shipment." a. License number, issuing agency and expiration date specified, b. VERIFY that isotope and activity is approved per Precautions and Limitations of AP-SHI-001, "Radioactive Materials Shipping." c. Shipping address is correct.21- Emergency Response Inftrmation Sheet(s) are attached to the Shipper's Declarationi Straight Bill of Lading.N/A priate entries made in the Cask History Log.I labels verified, in place on opposite sides of the container and thilose rate measurements."r list information from each label.must bt e the shipper releasing the container.)

TI: 24. The appi primary yve been placed adjacent to the 25.N/A 26.N/A 27.NiA 28.Shipment Waybill(s), a beýs l~are affixed to package. (Sodium Iodide Spectrum co led.Consignee notified of shipment prior to All steps in the procedure have been init itification label agree and (Shipment approved for release by: ____QA Inspector Signatulrx/ -ate Package and paperwork reviewed flb accuracy by: _ __ _ -Health Physics Signat u Date This package is category Yellow III and requires vehicle placards. (Circle ot Yes / No I accept this shipment, and if this shipment is Yellow I[[, I have been offered radioactive placards at the time the package was offered for transportation. Shipment accepted by:_Courier Signature Date Page 2 of 2 Page 2 of 2 Attachment 11.1 MURR-SAS-00007 Service Applications QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner Cask SERVICE APPLICATIONS: QA/QC PROGRAM: USA DOT 20WC-1 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this QA/QC Procedure is to ensure that the purchasing, testing, use, repair, handling, shipping, storing, inspection, and maintenance of USA DOT 20WC-1 shipping container complies with I OCFR7 1.2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS Refer to Service Applications Departmental Administrative-Shipping Procedure, MURR-SAS-00. 3.0 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOTE. All maintenance materials and supplies shall be stored in a specified locked Quality Control location and designated as such.Access to this location shall be restricted to approved individuals. 3.1 DOT 7A Inner Cask 3.1.1 DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket.3.1.2 Reference Drawing MURR # 1294.3.1.3 DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolts.4.0 DEFINITIONS Refer to Service Applications Departmental Administrative-Shipping Procedure, MURR-SAS-00. 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES Refer to Service Applications Departmental Administrative-Shipping Procedure, MURR-SAS-00. 6.0 QC CONTROL PROGRAM FOR DOT 7A INNER CASK 6.1 QC for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket 6.1.1 Per Quality Assurance Plan: All Procurement Documents must contain the following statement: The University of Missouri has the right of access to the Suppliers' Facilities and Records for Source Inspection and Audit.Rev. 0_2 SA. RM Z Date: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007 paige 2 of 4'CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE MURR-SAS-00007 S Service Applications QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner cask 6.1.2 To order a DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket, prepare the Purchase Order with the following specifications:

  • Material:

Neoprene.-Thickness: 1/8 inch.-60/70 Shore Duromiter. -Include along with the Purchase Order, MURR reference Drawing number 1294 for dimensions. 6.1.3 The Control Lot Number for tracking purposes shall be the purchase order number followed by a dash and the year (e.g., C12345-95). 6.1.4 Initiate and maintain a QC Packet containing a copy of the purchase order indicating the Control Lot Number.6.1.5 Upon receipt of the ordered gasket(s), perform an Acceptance Inspection using the Quality Control Inspection for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket (Attachment 1).6.1.6 Perform the Acceptance Criteria; Steps 1 through 4.6.1.7 Sign and Date; Indicating the Acceptance Criteria is true.6.1.8 Upon acceptance of the gasket(s), complete the QC Document; Top Portion of Attachment 1, by inserting the following data:* Control Lot #,-Accepted by,-Date.6.1.9 Fold the QC'Document (Attachment

1) as indicated by the fold lines so that the data of Step 6.1.8 is clearly visible; place a copy of the QC Document into a poly bag along with each of the accepted gasket(s).

6.1.10 Heat seal the poly bag and store in the approved QC Storage location.6.1.11 Rejected gaskets must be discarded or returned to the manufacturer at the discretion of the Service Applications-Section Leader.6.1.12 Upon completion of the gasket task, record the gasket change out in the Cask Log Book.6.1.1 3 Place the Gasket QC Sheet into the Shipment Folder.6.2 QC for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolt 6.2.1 Per Quality Assurance Plan; All procurement documents must contain the following statement: The University of Missouri has the right of access to the suppliers'facilities and records for Source Inspection and Audit.Rev. 02 SA J RM \WC!ý Datc: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007 page 3 of/X'CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE MURR-SAS-00007 Service Applications QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner Cask 6.2.2 To order DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolts, prepare the Purchase Order with the following specifications:

  • Grade 8 or 8A 304 Stainless Steel,* 3/8 inch by 16 bolt,*1/2 inch to I inch length.6.2.3 The Control Lot Number for tracking purposes shall be the purchase order number followed by a dash and the year (e.g., C 12345-95);

6.2.4 Initiate and maintain a QC Packet containing a copy of the purchase order indicating the Control Lot Number.6.2.5 Upon receipt of the ordered bolt(s), perform an Acceptance Inspection using the Quality Control Inspection for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Hold Down Bolt (Attachment 2).6.2.6 Perform the Acceptance Criteria; Steps I through 3.6.2.7 Sign and Date; Indicating the Acceptance Criteria is true.6.2.8 Upon acceptance of the bolt(s), complete the QC Document; Top portion of Attachment 2, by inserting the following data:-Control Lot #,-Accepted by, , Date.6.2.9 Fold the QC Document (Attachment

2) as indicated by the fold lines so that the data of Step 6.2.8 is clearly visible; place a copy of the QC Document into a poly bag along with the accepted bolts.6.2.10 Heat seal the poly bag and store in the approved QC Storage location.6.2.11 Upon completion of the task, record the change out in the Cask Log Book.6.2.12 Forward the QC Sheet to the QA Supervisor for filing in the appropriate cask file.6.2.13 Rejected bolts must be discarded or returned to the manufacturer at the discretion of the Service Applications-Section Leader.ATTACHMENTS A. Quality Control Inspection:

Control Check Sheet for DOT 7A Inner Cask Lid Gasket (Attachment 1).B. Quality Control Inspection: Control Check Sheet for DOT 7A Inner Cask Hold Down Bolt (Attachment 2).Rev. 02 RM \ Date: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007 page 4 of X5S CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE MURR-SAS-00007 Service Applications QA/QC Program: USA DOT 7A Inner Cask.i REFERENCES -0 ...-.0 .. ...A.- 1OCFR71.B. ..ANSI No. N323-1978. C. SA-QA-Jo.4 Rev. 0_2 SA .RM________ Date: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007 page5 of/5 CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE 0 QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTION: CONTROL CHECK SHEET FOR DOT 7A INNER CASK LID GASKET Acceptance Criteria: 1. You are an Approved Inspector for this procedure.

2. Verified:

Gasket material is black neoprene by reference to Shipping Documents and visual inspection.

3. Verified:

Gasket contains no cracks or cuts.4. Verified: Gasket size and thickness meets specifications of MURR Drawing number 1294.All the above Acceptance Criteria is true:/Signature/Date FOLD LINE QC CONTROLLED PART: DOT 7A INNER CASK LID GASKET Control Lot #Accepted by: I F 0 1 L D L II N E Date: Rev. 00 SA AVY RM \M"' Date: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007 Attachment 1.CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTION: CONTROL CHECK SHEET FOR DOT 7A INNER CASK LID HOLD DOWN BOLT Acceptance Criteria: 1. You are an Approved Inspector for this procedure.

2. Verified:

Bolt material is Grade 8 or 8A Stainless Steel by reference to Shipping Documents and visual inspection.

3. Verified:

Bolt is 3/8 by 16; 1/2 inch to 1 inch length.All the above Acceptance Criteria is true:/Signature/Date FOLD LINE QC CONTROLLED PART: DOT 7A INNER CASK LID HOLD DOWN BOLT.Control Lot #Accepted by: IF 0 1 L D L II N I E Date: Rev. 00 SA RM W'%*Date: 04 April 1997 MURR-SAS-00007 Attachment 2.CONTROL CHECK SHEET USE PROCEDURE BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 MURR MASTER COPY ISSUED flFC 0 7-M07 WAXPW SHIPPING PROCEDURE BPB-SH-005 DOT 6M PACKAGING OF TYPE B NON-WASTE RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL RESPONSIBLE GROUP: PROCEDURE OWNER: APPROVED BY: APPROVED BY: Product & Service Operations, Shipping J. Mike Kilfoil Ronald J. Dobey, Jr // 4 ate /2-Kenneth W. Brooks. Date ,---'This procedure contains the following: Pages Attachments Tables Figures Appendices Check-Off Lists 1 1 None None None None through through through through through through 6 1 BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 I TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page Number 1.0 PURPO SE ........................................................................................................................... 3 2.0 SCOPE ................................................................................................................................ 3 3.0 DEFIN ITION S .................................................................................................................... 3 4.0 RESPON SIBILITIES .................................................................................................... 3 5.0 PRECAUTION S AN D LIM ITATION S ........................................................................ 3 6.0 PREREQ U ISITES AN D IN ITIA L CON DITION S ....................................................... 4 7.0 SPECIA L TOOLS OR EQU IPM EN T ................................................................................ 4 8.0 PROCED URE ..................................................................................................................... 5 9.0 REFEREN CES ................................................................................................................... 6 10.0 RECO RD S .......................................................................................................................... 6 11.0 ATTACHM ENTS ........................................................................................................ 6 2 BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 DOT 6M PACKAGING OF TYPE B NON-WASTE RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 Provide instructions for packaging of USA DOT 6M Type B non-waste radioactive materials containers. 2.0 SCOPE 2.1 Procedural steps for the final packaging of the DOT 6M container. 2.2 This procedure ensures compliance with all applicable regulations, including:

  • 10 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) .71, Energy (Reference 9.1)* 49 CFR, Transportation (Reference 9.2)* International Air Transport Association (IA TA) Dangerous Goods Regulations (Reference 9.3)* MURR Type B Quality Assurance (QA) Program (Reference 9.4)3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Refer to AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" (Reference 9.6) for list of definitions.

4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Refer to AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" (Reference 9.6) for list of definitions. 5.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 5.1 A package of radioactive material shall not be transported unless it is properly described, classed, marked and labeled in accordance with 49 CFR 173 or the JATA Manual, and the MURR Type B QA Program." If the radioactive materialpackage exceeds any of the applicable limits of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, or IATA Manual, then the Manager of Radioactive Materials Shipping or Designee must be immediately notified.* Radioactive material must not leave MURR until the requirements of 10 CFR, 49 CFR, or IA TA manual have been met.5.2 Survey instrumentation used during the performance of this procedure must have a valid "Calibration Current" sticker displayed. 3 BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 5.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (CONT.)5.3 The Performer of a shipping process and the QA Inspector must not be the same individual. Additionally, the QA Inspector must be qualified as a Performer. 6.0 PREREQUISITES AND INITIAL CONDITIONS 6.1 A person participating in any aspect of this procedure must meet the qualifications of a Shipping Technician as defined in AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" (Reference 9.6).6.2 Consignees (receivers) of MURR shipments of radioactive materials are authorized to receive the type, form, and quantity of radioactive material in accordance with the provisions of 10 CFR 71, Packaging and Transportation of Radioactive Material.6.3 A QA Inspector must review the customer's container and accompanying documentation prior to first use and ensure that the package is part of the MURR Type B QA Program.6.4 Cask has been prepared in accordance with RP-HP-1 10, "Survey and Decontamination of Returned Shipping Containers" (Reference 9.5).6.5 ENSURE all previous shipping labels have been removed from the surface of the container. 7.0 SPECIAL TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT 7.1 Tools 0 Speed wrench* 15/16" Socket 7.2 Equipment" Luting compound" Personal protective equipment" Radiation survey equipment" Tamper proof seal 4 BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 I 8.0 PROCEDURE NOTE: FM-74, "Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 6M Radioactive Materials Shipment" (Attachment 11.1) requires verification of specific actions in this section. FM-74 is written to be used as a stand alone procedure for preparing DOT 6M shipments. This procedure provides additional information to complete this process.8.1 ENSURE 2R cavity does not contain foreign material.8.2 8.3 ENSURE luting compound applied to 2R threads.NOTIFY Reactor Health Physics to conduct radiological surveys on inner shipping container prior to its loading into the 2R.8.4 Working quickly to comply with ALARA, carefully lower inner shipping container into 2R.8.5 Secure screw top lid onto 2R.8.6 ENSURE centering media is in place.8.7 8.8 NOTE: If the closure ring does not sit snugly against the lid then tap the closure ring with a nonmetallic hammer until tight.Secure lid with closure ring.Place a tamper proof seal around locking bolt.NOTE: All packages left in the staging area must have a radiation symbol and a maximum contact dose rate clearly visible on the package.8.9 Place package in final staging area awaiting courier pickup only after completion of shipping documentation and final package checkout.8.10 ENSURE work area is posted with appropriate radiation signs to warn other personnel. 8.11 Follow facility procedures and regulatory requirements to ship the DOT 6M.5 BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 I

9.0 REFERENCES

9.1 10 CFR 71, Energy 9.2 49 CFR, Transportation 9.3 International Air Transport Association (IATA) Dangerous Goods Regulations 9.4 MURR Type B Quality Assurance Program 9.5 RP-HP-1 10, "Survey and Decontamination of Returned Shipping Containers" 9.6 AP-SH-001, "Administrative Procedure" 9.7 DOT Package Specification 10.0 RECORDS 10.1 FM-74, "Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 6M Radioactive Materials Shipment" 11.0 ATTACHMENTS 11.1 FM-74, "Control Checksheet for Type B USA DOT 6M Radioactive Materials Shipment" 6 BPB-SH-005 Revision 5 FM-74 Revision 9 CONTROL Clt(CKSIEET FOR T UPE I USA DoTr 6M RAI)IOA(ITrIVE MATERIALS SHIPMENT l'e..form~er a QA In.pector canot be ihe .some indlividua4 All QA Super'isois, QA Inspectors and J'erfonners have the authoriy to stop tnsautis/iwtor, work in order to comply ',ithftcdral regulations andMUtRR Shipping procednrox All items or components [bund to be in nonconfformance by poevedrn,, inspection, testing or operation are to be imnnwdiately reported to the appropriate Sihipping QA Supervi.)r. Affix shipment preprinted identification label here.(Shipment Deitination, Isotope(s), MWRR Identification Number(s) and Activity)Inspector (Initials N/A_Pdrformcr Step fl ,.e--. No Action / Verification rd Container Serial Number:-shield identified per I-IC-PSO-002, "Hot Cell.Preparation of Radioactive Material for inunl."=i, e Iinformation and inner shield label agree.(n%.~am.,oun~l atmtIid to 21 Container threads.7.8.9.10.Security sea] in place. -"-, Record highest dose rate and I Required)Side,______ TI*N!A My!A N/A_N/A N"'A N.1A 11.12.13.14.15.16.17.DOT 6M is <6600 dpw/ 300 cm 2 t O & <660 dpm/ 300 cmz C.Correct shipping name and UIN Number label (RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL, TYPE B(IJ) PACKAGE UN2916) affixed on opposite sides of container.(Include "RQ" before or after if applicable)"TYPE B" is plainly and indelibly marked on outside ofcontainer."TREFOIL." is plainly and indelibly marked on outside ofcontainer. Specification / certification is plainly and indelibly marked on outside of DOT 6M conlainer. All appropriate entries made in the cask history log.Place package in staging area prior to completion of BP-SH1-052.(Attached to Procedure: BPH-SH-X)5) Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of I FM-74 Attachment 11.1 Appendix B Specification Sheets for the SAFKEG-LS and SAFKEG-HS Type B Multi-Radioisotope Package Designs MURR Packaging Extension Request M August 2008 Package Design No 3979A Package Name -Safkeg-LS CROFT Package Type Re-usable Type B package for the shipment of solid and liquid radioactive materials. Certification The Safkeg-LS package is being certified by the USNRC as a B(U) Package -the package meets all the requirements of 1 OCFR71 and the IAEA Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, TS-R-I.Description The Safkeg-LS package is designed to be robust and simple to use. The package consists of a stainless steel outer keg which carries a stainless steel and lead shielding pot within cork packing.The outer keg is fabricated in stainless steel and having a flange type lid fastened by studs and nuts.The shielding pot is a lead filled vessel having a fabricated stainless steel shell and cavity walls and having a flange type lid fitted with double O-ring seals and fastened by screws.Containment The containment system is the shielding pot with the containment being provided by the welded stainless cavity walls and the flange closure fitted with double O-ring seals. The pot lid is provided with a test point for leakage testing the containment system in accordance with ANSI N14.5. KEG Approved Contents The contents are solid or liquid radioactive materials carried in suitable primary containers to prevent contamination of the shielding pot.The shielding pot may be fitted with additional shielding where required.The radioactive contents are limited by the shielding and contents maximum heat output of 15 W.Physical Data_ Safkeg-LS Package Outer Keg Inner Cork Packing Inner Shielding Pot External Diameter 16.69" 424 mm 6.89" 175 mm External Height 19.45" 494 mm 7.99" 203 mm Internal Diameter 9.68" 246 mm 2.54" 64.5 mm Internal Height 11.26" 286 mm 4.29" 109 mm Tare Weight 77.3 lb 35.1 kg 8.6 lb 3.9 kg 47.6 lb 21.6 kg (May 08]Weight of empty package -134 lb (61 kg).Maximum weight of Safkeg-LS package (including contents) -149 lb (68 kg).Further Information Contact: Don Edling Telephone: 502-896-8597 Bob Vaughan bob.vaughancacroftltd.com Telephone: +44 1865 407740 Croft Associates Ltd, F4 Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 3DB, UK Tel: (01865) 407740 Fax: (01865) 407449 E-mail: salespcroftltd.com Web site: www.croftltd.com \\Terastation\Docs-Approve\DATA Sheets\3979\3979A-Safkeg-LS-Data Sheet-May 2008.wpd Package Design No 3977A Package Name -Safkeg-HS CROFT Package Type Re-usable Type B package for the shipment of solid and liquid radioactive materials. Certification The Safkeg-HS package is being certified by the USNRC as a B(U) Package -the package meets all the requirements of 1OCFR71 and the IAEA Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, TS-R-1.Description The Safkeg-HS package is designed to be robust and'simple to use. The package consists of a stainless steel outer keg which carries a stainless steel and DU shielding pot within cork packing.The outer keg is fabricated in stainless steel and having a flange type lid fastened by studs and nuts.The shielding pot is a DU filled vessel having afabricated stainless steel shell and cavity walls and having a flange type lid fitted with double O-ring seals and fastened by screws.Containment The containment system is the shielding pot with the containment being provided by the welded stainless cavity walls and the flange closure fitted with double O-ring seals. The pot lid is provided with a test point for leakage testing the containment system in accordance with ANSI N14.5. KEG Approved Contents I i574c The contents are solid or liquid radioactive materials carried in suitable primary containers to prevent contamination of the shielding pot.The shielding pot may be fitted with additional shielding where required.The radioactive contents are limited by the shielding and contents maximum heat output of 15W.Physical Data Safkeg-HS Package Oute Keg Inner Cork Packing Inner Shielding Pot External Diameter 16.69" 424 mm 7.87" 200 mm External Height 23.03" 585 mm 11.85" 301 mm Internal Diameter 9.68" 246 mm 2.71" 68.9 mm Internal Height 14.76" 375 mm 6.12" 155.5 mm Tare Weight 90 lb 40.9 kg 8.6 lb 3.9 kg 234.3 lb 106.5 kg IMay 081 Weight of empty package -333 lb (152 kg).Maximum weight of Safkeg-HS package (including contents) -356 lb (162 kg).Further Information Contact: Don Edling dedlingq'insightbb.com Telephone: 502-896-8597 Bob Vaughan bob.vaughan@croftltd.com Telephone: +44 1865 407740 Croft Associates Ltd, F4 Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 3DB, UK Tel: (01865) 407740 Fax: (01865) 407449 E-mail: sales@croftltd.com Web site: www.croftltd.com \\Terastation\Docs-Approve\DATA Sheets\3977\3977A-Safkeg-HS-Data Sheet-May 2008.wpd Appendix C Project Plan and Timeline for MURR Type B Package Replacement Project Croft Associates, Ltd.MURR Packaging Extension Request WMI Xx August 2008 ID 10 ]Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Jul6 I 6/18 1 Design review and optimization 43 days Mon 9/3/071 Wed 10/31/07 2 IM Stage 1 43 days Mon 9/3/07 Wed 10/31/07 3 Keg prototype 194 days Thu 1111/07 Tue 7/29/08 4 Prototype manufacture 69 days Thu 11/1/07 Tue 2/5/08 5 [] Keg prototype manufacture 69 days Thu 11/1/07 Tue 2/5/08 2 6 Testing 110 days Wed 2/27/08 Tue 7/29/085 7 in Keg prototype 9m drop tests #1, 2 & 3 at normal temps 1 day Wed 2/27/08 Wed 2/27/08 8 5. Keg prototype 9m drop test #4 at -40C with accel 1 day Wed 5/28/08 Wed 5/28/08 7 9 [ Keg prototype 1.2m & 9m drop test #5 & 6 at -40C with accel 2 days Mon 7/14/08 Tue 7/15/08 8 10 Compile test report 10 days Wed 7/16/08 Tue 7/29/08 9 11 Contents definition for LS & HS 226 days Mon 913107 Mon 7/14/08 12 [ Data collection 100 days Mon 9/3/07 Fri 1/18/08 13 [ Report CTN 2008/01 Issue A 30 days Mon 1/28/08 Sat 3/8/08 14 14 Determination of insert dimensions 10 days , Mon 9/3/07 Fri 9/14/07 15 L3 Report CTN 2008/01 Issue B 50 days Mon 3/17/08 Fri 5/23/08 16 Revised iinsert dimensions 10 days Mon 5/26/08 Fri 6/6/08 15 17 [ Report CTN 2008/01 Issue C 20 days Tue 6/17/08 Mon 7/14/08 16 18 Tungsten inserts for LS and HS 51 days Mon 6123108 Mon 9/1/08 19 i] Complete outline drawings 10 days Mon 6/23/08 Fri 7/4/08 16 20 Complete manufacturing drawings 20 days Mon 7/7/08 Fri 8/1/08 19 21 [ Manufacture prototypes 20 days Tue 8/5/08 Mon 9/1/08 20 22 SAFKEG LS 622 days Mon 9/3/07 Tue 1/19/10 23 [] Complete maufacturing drawings 77 days Thu 2/14/08 Fri 5/30/08 2 24 [] Compile manufacturing specs 21 days Mon 6/2/08 Mon 6/30/08 23 25 LS Prototype manufacture 65 days Mon 6/2/08 Fri 8/29/08 26 Prototype manufacture 65 days Mon 6/2/08 Fri 8/29/08 23 27 Analysis 96 days Mon 7/14108 Mon 11/24/08 28 [] Stress analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 7/14/08 Fri 8/22/08 23 29 [ Shielding analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 7/14/08 Fri 8/22/08 23 30 Thermal analysis -final for SARP 30 days Tue 10/14/08 Mon 11/24/08 33 31 Testing 30 days Tue 9/2/08 Mon 10/13/08 32 LS steady state thermal test 15 days Tue 9/2/08 Mon 9/22/08 26,10,21 33 LS NCT & HAC drop tests + 800C thermal test 15 days Tue 9/23/08 Mon 10/13/08 32 34 35 LS SARP compilation 406 days Mon 9/3/07 Mon 3/23/09 36 17 Generating data for the SARP 140 days Mon 9/3/07 Fri 3/14/08 37 Drafting SARP Chapters 65 days Mon 8/25/08 Fri 11/21/08 28,29,36,17 38 Add test data to SARP 10 days Mon 11/24/08 Fri 12/5/08 37,33 39 Add thermal calc results to SARP 10 days Mon 12/8/08 Fri 12/19/08 30,38 40 SARP supporting docs + add to SARP 30 days Mon 12/22/08 Fri 1/30/09 39 41 Assemble complete SARP 10 days Mon 2/2/09 Fri 2/13/09 40 42 Croft review of complete SARP 15 days Mon 2/16/09 Fri 3/6/09 41 43 MURR review of complete SARP 15 days Mon 2/16/09 Fri 3/6/09 41 44 Final revisions 10 days Mon 3/9/09 Fri 3/20/09 43 45 Submission of SARP to NRC at Rev 0 1 day Mon 3/23/09 Mon 3/23/09 44 46 LS SARP review by the NRC and update 216 days Tue 3/24109 Tue 1/19/10 47 NRC-1 st review and issue of RFI 100 days Tue 3/24/09 Mon 8/10/09 45 48 Croft response to RFI 35 days Tue 8/11/09 Mon 9/28/09 47 49 NRC-2nd review and issue of RFI 40 days Tue 9/29/09 Mon 11/23/0948 50 Croft response to RFI 20 days Tue 11/24/09 Mon 12/21/09 49 51 NRC-Compile SER & CoC 20 days Tue 12/22/09 Mon 1/18/10 50 52 NRC-Issue of CoC 1 day Tue 1/19/10 Tue 1/19/10 51 53 SAFKEG HS 657 days Mon 9/3/07 Tue 3/9/10 54 [ Complete maufacturing drawings 152 days Thu 11/1/07 Fri 5/30/08 2 55 Compile manufacturing specs 21 days Mon 6/2/08 Mon 6/30/08 54 56 HS prototype 140 days Mon 6/2/08 Fri 12/12/08 57 E3 DU procurement 110 days Mon 6/2/08 Fri 10/31/08 54 58 E] Prototype manufacture -parts 65 days Tue 7/1/08 Mon 9/29/08 55,61,63 59 Prototype manufacture -assembly 30 days Mon 11/3/08 Fri 12/12/08 57,58 60 Analysis 338 days Wed 11121/07 Fri 3/6/09 61 [] Preliminary Stress analysis 129 days Wed 11/21/07 Mon 5/19/08 62 [ Stress analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 7/14/08 Fri 8/22/08 2,8,61 63 [ Preliminary Shielding analysis 60 days Wed 11/21/07 Tue 2/12/08 64 [ Shielding analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 7/14/08 Fri 8/22/08 2,14,63 65 [ Thermal analysis -final for SARP 30 days Mon 1/26/09 Fri 3/6/09 67,68 66 Testing 30 days Mon 12/15/08 Fri 1/23/09 67 HS steady state thermal test 15 days Mon 12/15/08 Fri 1/2/09 59,10,21 68 HS NCT & HAC drop tests + 800C thermal test 15 days Mon 1/5/09 Fri 1/23/09 67 69 HS SARP compilation 441 days Mon 9/3/07 Mon 5/11109 70 [ Generating data for the SARP 247 days Mon 9/3/07 Tue 8/12/08 71 [ Drafting SARP Chapters 65 days Mon 8/25/08 Fri 11/21/08 62,64,13,70 72 [ Add test data to SARP 10 days Mon 1/5/09 Fri 1/16/09 67,71 73 [ Add thermal calc results to SARP 10 days Mon 3/9/09 Fri 3/20/09 72,65 74 [ SARP supporting docs + add to SARP 30 days Mon 11/24/08 Fri 1/2/09 71 75 Assemble complete SARP 10 days Mon 3/23/09 Fri 4/3/09 74,73 76 [ Croft review of complete SARP 15 days Mon 4/6/09 Fri 4/24/09 75 77 MURR review of complete SARP 15 days Mon 4/6/09 Fri 4/24/09 75 78 [ Final revisions 10 days Mon 4/27/09 Fri 5/8/09 77,76 79 Submission of SARP to NRC at Rev 0 1 day Mon 5/11/09 Mon 5/11/09 78 80 HS SARP review by the NRC and update 216 days Tue 5/12/09 Tue 3/9110 81 [ NRC-1 st review and issue of RFI 100 days Tue 5/12/09 Mon 9/28/09 79 82 Croft response to RFI 35 days Tue 9/29109 Mon 111/16/09J81 I January I Apri 10/22 12/3 1/14 2/25 4/7 5/19----------------------.. .------------------------------ --------------.. ..............- --.. ................................... ..... .. ... ..- -I ----------. ............. ------------------ -----............ ............................- -2/27 0 1197 5/28 8 r8...... ............................-----------------.. ......................................- --.............5 / 2 --------------.11/18......~ ~ ~ ~ ----------------------.......................................................... ...................,. ...........................:, ....................., .........................................5126...............................- ... ....... .... ...--- ------------4.- -----.,,:, ., ,,: : ...-- --- -------I ----------------.. ................... ............................. .............---------------6/2........ ..................................- -------------...............................- ................ ...............2/14+-- ----.... ...- ---------------------------.. ..............----................................................ ......----------. .6/--------------------------, .......................................... .....--------------------------. .............-1 1-- ----------2 1- ----------------- ------------ -- --~ --- --------------------- ---------------------------....... ............................................ ........ ......---. ....................... .............. .... .. ... .. .. .. .... ....---------2 .... ..... .. ... .. .... ...--.. ... ....... ................ .. ..... .....--------------------..........------................................................-- -......... .................................. ..........................2 ............... .. ................... ......--. .............................................................-- --. ...................................... ........-------------------...................................----------




.................... -I ---- --- --- --- ---------------------------


................



12/8---------- 4/6 416----------- ................ iii 5/1(2 I October IJanuary I April 8/24 10/5 11/16 12/28 2/8 3/22..........-------------------------....---------------------------------------------------











....... ---------------------------




I------------


--------------------

......9/28 9/29 -I) : # !, 2/ 1 .. ... .... ... .. .. .... ............ --- --..11123 11124122 12122 11..........


................




-----------











................................





9 /29 8..........................11................. ..................... 9 /2 9 ý -------------------------------------------------}}